Trainline plc
213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2023-02-28 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-02-28 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-03-01 2023-02-28 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2021-03-01 2022-02-28 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2021-02-28 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2021-03-01 2022-02-28 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2021-03-01 2022-02-28 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2021-03-01 2022-02-28 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2021-03-01 2022-02-28 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2021-03-01 2022-02-28 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-03-01 2023-02-28 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-03-01 2023-02-28 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-03-01 2023-02-28 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-03-01 2023-02-28 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-03-01 2023-02-28 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2021-02-28 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2021-02-28 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2021-02-28 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2021-02-28 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2021-02-28 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-02-28 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-02-28 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-02-28 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-02-28 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-02-28 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2023-02-28 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2023-02-28 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2023-02-28 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2023-02-28 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2023-02-28 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember iso4217:GBP iso4217:GBP xbrli:shares
Europe’s leading
independent
rail platform
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
01
Highlights
02
Chair’s statement
05
At a glance
06
CEO’s statement
08
Sustainability
11
Market overview
18
Business model
22
Our technology
24
Strategy
32
Key performance indicators
34
CFO’s financial highlights
37
Viability statement
38
Principal risks and uncertainties
47
Our people and culture
52
TCFD and SASB disclosures
59
Stakeholder engagement
& section 172 statement
Visit our investor site for more
information on Trainline:
investors.thetrainline.com
Governance
63
Chair’s governance statement
64
Governance structure
66
Our Board of Directors
70
Report of the Nomination Committee
72
Report of the Audit and Risk Committee
76
Directors’ remuneration report
89
Directors’ report
92
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
Financial Statements
93
Independent auditors’ report
103 Consolidated income statement
103
Consolidated statement of other
comprehensive income
104 Consolidated balance sheet
105
Consolidated statement of changes
in equity
106
Consolidated statement of cash flow
107
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
138
Alternative performance measures
140
Parent Company balance sheet
141
Parent Company statement of changes
in equity
142
Notes to the Parent Company
Financial Statements
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Highlights
FY2023
Highlights
Enhancing the customer experience
Digitising commuter experience while positioning
Trainline as the market aggregator in Europe.
Building demand
Increased marketing investment to drive up
customer demand and grow brand awareness,
particularly in Europe.
Increasing customer lifetime value
Deepening customer relationships by scaling
digital railcards in UK while growing mobile app
usage in Europe.
Growing Trainline Solutions
Took further steps to support our travel partners,
leveraging the strength of Platform One, our
single global platform.
Net ticket sales
+72%
Increased to £4.3 billion, from £2.5 billion
last year, with International Consumer becoming
a €1 billion business.
Revenue
+74%
Recovered to £327 million from £189 million last
year primarily given the growth in net ticket sales.
Adjusted EBITDA
+£47m
Increased to £86 million, from £39 million in FY2022.
Operating profit
+£38m
£28 million operating profit versus a £10 million
loss in FY2022, primarily reflecting adjusted
EBITDA generation.
Basic EPS
+7.0p
Improved to 4.5p, from a 2.5p loss in FY2022.
Adjusted basic EPS
+8.5p
Improved to 7.7p, from a 0.8p loss in FY2022.
Find our KPIs on page 32
Find our strategic objectives on page 24
Strategic highlights
Financial highlights
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
01
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Chair’s statement
Financial and strategic performance
The Board was pleased with the Group’s financial
and strategic performance in FY2023. The Group
delivered record net ticket sales of £4.3 billion,
up 72% versus the prior year and up 16% versus
FY2020 (pre-Covid-19 year). Adjusted EBITDA
increased £47 million YoY to £86 million, despite
the impact of industrial action outlined above.
The Group made further good progress against
its strategic priorities, enhancing the customer
experience, building demand, increasing customer
lifetime value and growing Trainline Solutions.
This included good headway in optimising the
commuter ticketing experience in the UK, and
positioning Trainline as the aggregator in Europe,
particularly on routes where new entrant carrier
competition is emerging. You can read more about
progress on Trainline’s strategy this year and our
future priorities on pages 24 and 25.
Encouraging more
people back to
train travel
Trainline has played a leading role in
supporting the industry recovery and
promoting greener travel.
When I wrote last year I explained how Trainline had
played a leading role in the rail industry’s recovery from
the significant disruption of Covid-19. Since then, the
industry has faced new challenges, primarily industrial
disputes in the UK and more recently in France.
Despite those temporary headwinds, Jody and his
team delivered a record operating performance and
made significant progress against Trainline’s strategic
priorities. This performance reflects a team and
organisational culture centred around a core purpose:
to promote more environmentally sustainable travel
choices. Looking ahead, the business is set for further
strong growth as it shifts more people to greener travel.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
02
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Putting rail at the centre of a
decarbonised transport network
I believe Trainline has a key role to play in
encouraging greater use of rail. Trainline will
continue to do that by leading on product
innovation and digital marketing. However,
we also want to lead the industry agenda on
sustainability. This year we launched the I Came
by Train initiative, which seeks to increase the
public’s awareness of the relative benefits of train
travel while forming cross-industry collaboration
to put rail at the centre of a decarbonised
transport network. You can read more about
the I Came By Train initiative on page 10.
Bradshaw Address
In the Bradshaw Address in February, the new
Secretary of State for Transport, Mark Harper,
said Great British Railways (GBR) would be run
as an arm’s length body to develop the guiding
strategy for rail, while placing greater emphasis
on the role of the private sector in running the
railways. He highlighted new passenger service
contracts for rail carriers with commercially
driven targets and supporting more direct
carrier competition in the form of new open
access operators.
Looking ahead
The business is well positioned to drive long-
term growth and create value for customers
and shareholders. Trainline is set for further
strong performance in the year ahead despite
ongoing industrial action.
As I look out longer term, I see huge growth
headroom for the business and significant
structural tailwinds. Tailwinds include:
continued recovery in the rail industry with
growing awareness of its environmental
benefits, a continuing shift to online and
mobile ticketing, new carrier competition in
European rail, and the return of foreign travel.
I would like to thank the team at Trainline
for their continued drive and perseverance
over the challenging past few years. They
have continued to prioritise the needs of
our customers and remained focused on
delivering our strategic goals.
Brian McBride
Chair
4 May 2023
As I look out longer
term, I see huge growth
headroom for the business
and significant structural
tailwinds”
Brian McBride, Chair
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
03
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Chair’s statement
Connecting:
Offering our carrier partners global
distribution at a lower cost to serve
Enhancing:
Leveraging scale, data and technology
to offer a superior customer experience
We empower greener travel choices,
connecting people and places
We believe in creating more environmentally
friendly travel choices – with rail offering a
greener alternative to air and car.
We are the leading independent rail platform
in Europe. Through our customer-centric,
scalable platform, we are committed to
driving responsible and sustainable business
growth, by:
Empowering:
Making it easy for customers to find
the best value tickets across carriers,
fares, and journey options - championing
a much greener way to travel
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
04
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
At a glance
We work with more than 270 rail and coach companies across >40 countries.
Through our broad range of carrier partners we cover over 80% of rail routes in Europe.
By bringing all of the major carriers and new entrants onto one platform, we provide travellers
with an unrivalled set of journey options. Our smart technology and data-driven features help our
customers to stay one step ahead.
For our carrier and B2B partners, Trainline Solutions offers access to a huge supply of rail carrier
inventory across the UK and continental Europe through our proprietary platform. With tested and
proven technology, we enable them to offer best-in-class customer experience at low cost.
We enable millions of travellers to find and book the best
value tickets across carriers, fares, and journey options
through our highly rated Trainline mobile app, website,
and B2B partner channels.
4.9/5
star app rating
270+
rail and coach companies
10
currencies and multiple payment methods including
Apple Pay, Google Pay, PayPal, SOFORT and iDEAL
87%
of UK transactions are through our app
>40
countries travelled in and across by Trainline customers
55m
cumulative app downloads
€1 billion
net ticket sales in our International business
We are Europe’s leading independent
rail platform
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
05
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic progress
We are making good progress against our strategic
priorities as we position ourselves as the market
aggregator for European rail while further digitising
the rail retailing experience in the UK.
Enhancing the customer experience
In the UK, we continued to prime our mobile app to
better serve the commuter market, enabling Trainline
to double its share of the commuter market in just two
years. We offered an increasingly full suite of ticket types
in digital format, rolling out digital season tickets to
twelve train operators, and we recently launched Quick
Buy to reduce the time to purchase repeat tickets.
In International Consumer, we positioned ourselves as
the aggregator for newly liberalised routes, offering
customers all the carriers, fares and journey options in
one place. In Spain, where liberalisation is happening
most quickly, we expanded our supply of new entrants,
integrating Iryo while adding new routes for SNCF Ouigo.
Our aggregation proposition is helping Trainline grow
in Spain, with net ticket sales four times higher than
FY2020 (pre-Covid-19 and before the arrival of carrier
competition). On the Madrid-Barcelona route, Trainline
sales transactions doubled YoY in Q4 CY2022 vs. a 35%
increase in overall passenger volume.
In Italy, we further customised our aggregator offering,
launching Trenitalia discount codes and shortening the
minimum time customers can book ahead of departure
on Trenitalia/Italo. Carrier competition is expected to
Building strong momentum
Record operating performance
Following the significant impact of Covid-19 on rail travel, this year
industry passenger volumes continued to recover across
our core markets.
Trainline delivered a record operating performance as we
encouraged people back on to the train and further enhanced their
experience when booking and managing travel. However, this was
not without some headwinds, including industrial action in the
UK and France in FY2023, and some macroeconomic uncertainty,
which has continued into FY2024. Despite these effects, Trainline
still expects continued strong growth in FY2024, following a
positive start to the year: net ticket sales growth YoY in the range
of +13% to +22%; revenue growth YoY in the range of +13% to
+22%; and adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net ticket sales
in the range of 2.15% to 2.25%.
Looking further ahead, structural tailwinds provide Trainline
with significant and long-term growth opportunities. Rail is
already a large market and is set to benefit from significant
capacity expansion across Europe and a growing awareness of
its environmental benefits. Furthermore, the ongoing market
transition to digital ticketing offers significant upside opportunity,
as does market liberalisation in Europe, with growing carrier
competition confirming our position as the leading
market aggregator.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
06
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
CEO’s statement
ramp up with the announced entry of the
low-price SNCF Ouigo trains from 2026,
giving further opportunity to leverage
our aggregation proposition.
Building demand
In FY2023, we increased marketing
investment to drive up customer demand
and grow brand awareness of our value
proposition. In the UK, we increased active
customers by 58% Yo3Y. We launched a brand
campaign focused on value for money to
illustrate how customers who book through
Trainline can save money.
In Europe, we continued to refine our
digital marketing strategy, launching brand
campaigns in aggregated markets to grow
overall awareness. In Italy, app downloads
were 13% higher than incumbent Trenitalia.
We also increased net ticket sales by 87%
for higher-margin foreign travel, particularly
customers from the US.
Increasing customer lifetime value
While growing our customers, we also
deepened our relationship with them,
increasing the frequency with which
they transact through Trainline.
In the UK, c.50% of active monthly customers
are now transacting 2+ times a month, up
from 42% in FY2020, reflecting a step up
in commuter and shorter distance tickets
sold through Trainline. We continued to
scale digital railcards, an important way to
bring lower prices to many customers, with
1.8million active digital railcard customers
at the end of FY2023.
In Italy, our most mature aggregated
European market, we increased the sales mix
of shorter-distance, regional journeys, despite
those routes having no carrier competition.
Growing Trainline Solutions (TS)
In FY2023, we took further steps to support
our travel partners. For Carrier IT Solutions,
in the UK we signed contract extensions with
Train Operating Companies (TOCs) ScotRail
and CrossCountry, and signed up third-party
retailer Trainhugger as a new client. In Europe,
regional sales for our first Carrier IT Solutions
partner NTV Italo went live in July, having
signed a multi-year deal earlier in the year.
Within Global Distribution and Business
Solutions, we signed up more B2B customers
to our Global API, notably including CWT,
Agiito, and Havas Voyages (the largest
TMC in France).
International Growth Plan
In November 2021, Trainline announced plans
to step up our investment in our International
Consumer business to accelerate its growth.
In FY2023, the International Consumer
business surpassed €1 billion of net ticket
sales for the first time, reflecting our
progress to date.
Looking forward, we are refining our
investment plan to accelerate growth in the
rail markets where we have the strongest
customer proposition today (see below). In
France, where market liberalisation remains
nascent, we will continue to invest in UX and
performance marketing, but will manage
brand investment to coincide with the future
arrival of widespread carrier competition.
We will prioritise:
Domestic travel in European markets with
widespread carrier competition, primarily
Spain and Italy. Together, these rail
markets are worth €6 billion per annum.
By positioning Trainline as the marketplace
of choice for European rail travel, we
are well placed to significantly scale our
international business in Italy and Spain
over the medium term
Foreign travel into Europe: represents
inbound customers from the US, the
UK and the rest of the world, as well as
intra-EU cross-border travel. This is a large
addressable market, worth €4 billion, and
is high margin, and generates double-digit
percentage revenues of its respective net
ticket sales
Jody Ford
Chief Executive Officer
4 May 2023
Our team continued to deliver this year, innovating
and improving the customer experience”
Jody Ford, Chief Executive Officer
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
07
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
CEO’s statement
continued
What sustainability means to us
Empower people to make greener
travel choices
Environmental sustainability is fundamental to
our purpose. Through our technology and data,
we make rail travel easier, empowering people
to make travel choices that are better for the
environment.
Rail offers travellers a greener alternative to flying
or driving, creating 86% less CO
2
emissions than
air travel and 70% less CO
2
emissions compared
with car travel, per passenger. It can move
millions of people quickly and cleanly, for leisure
or business, across countries and continents.
We believe we have a key role to play in
supporting the rail industry, businesses, and
governments in meeting their emissions targets.
Our cross-functional sustainability team is
dedicated to encouraging modal shift; promoting
rail as a more sustainable way to travel; and
reducing the impact on the climate from our
own operations.
Sustainability
The external context
UK and European governments have continued
to encourage modal shift to rail and increase
their investment in rail in order to meet their net
zero emissions goals. The EU is targeting a 55%
reduction target for CO
2
emissions by 2030, and
the UK has a reduction target of at least 78% by
2035 and a legally binding target to reach net
zero by 2050.
Cars and planes create 58% of the UK’s
transport CO
2
emissions, whereas the entire
rail network creates less than 1%. The UK
Decarbonising Transport plan highlights rail
as “the greenest form of motorised transport”.
It sets a target of achieving net zero greenhouse
gas emissions from trains by 2050, through
increased electrification of the rail network
and introduction of new technologies such
as hydrogen-powered trains.
We are already seeing the impact of this transition
to rail in the UK, for example, with Lumo carrying
one million passengers between Edinburgh and
London since its launch, resulting in rail now
being the favoured mode of transport between
the two cities.
Travelling by rail creates 86% less CO
2
emissions than air travel and
70% less CO
2
emissions per passenger than travelling by car.
Purpose driven sustainability
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
08
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
The external context
continued
Similarly, in Europe, cars and planes create
74% of transport CO
2
emissions, and the
entire rail network adds up to less than 1%.
The EU Commission has highlighted rail
as playing a key role in the EU becoming
climate-neutral by 2050. It targets the
doubling of high-speed rail traffic by 2030
and a tripling of high-speed rail by 2050.
Third-party ticket vendors such as Trainline
have been identified as having a key role to
play in the delivery of elements of this plan.
In the last year, European governments have
taken further steps to encourage modal shift
from cars and planes to rail to achieve their
carbon reduction targets. France introduced
a ban on internal short-haul flights, those
under two and half hours, which was formally
validated by the European Commission in
December 2022. KLM is also encouraging
passengers to take the train rather than
fly on some short-haul flights as the Dutch
government cuts the number of flights
from Amsterdam Airport Schiphol to
cut air pollution.
Product and promotion
Our aim is to empower people to make
greener travel choices, driving a modal
shift that benefits people and the planet.
Trainline has a key role to play in engineering
the travel habits of the future and enabling
people to choose the most sustainable
transportation option.
Trainline supported the launch of I Came
By Train, to promote the sustainability of
rail and encourage people to take action to
reduce their carbon footprint, and followed
this with the launch of a white paper on how
the rail industry can encourage more people
to choose rail.
We have continued to launch green product
features and make emissions information
more accessible and transparent to allow
customers to better understand and reduce
the carbon impact of their journey and
continue to build awareness around the
benefits of using rail and coach instead of car
or plane. We also introduced digital season
tickets alongside our existing digital railcards
to reduce non-recyclable ticket waste and also
made it possible to book bicycle reservations
on trains through our product, further
encouraging modal shift.
What we’re doing internally
In September 2021, through the Science
Based Targets initiative (‘SBTi’), we committed
to set an SBTi-aligned net zero target,
achievable no later than 2050, and to reduce
emissions from our own operations (Scopes
1 & 2) in line with a 1.5°C scenario and from
our value chain (Scope 3) in line with the Well-
Below 2°C scenario. We also signed up to the
Business Ambition for 1.5°C and UNFCC Race
to Zero campaigns.
Since then, we have modelled both our near-
term and long-term science-based targets
and created a robust reduction strategy which
we intend to submit to the SBTi in 2023 which
will include a complete annual greenhouse
gas inventory of our full value chain.
Sustainability
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
09
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
I Came By Train
Case study
Most people don’t realise that transport is the
number one contributor to the UK’s carbon
emissions. But climate change has become
a problem so overbearing that many people
feel too overwhelmed to change their lifestyle
and try to make a difference.
So how do you get a nation to realise that
simply switching a plane or car journey to rail
is the biggest and easiest way to address the
climate crisis and their personal footprint? By
switching the narrative from ‘flight shaming’
to ‘train bragging’.
October 2022 saw the launch of I Came By
Train, a campaign designed to drive rail as a
more sustainable way to travel and create a
feeling of pride in choosing rail.
As part of the campaign, Trainline worked
with singer-songwriter Craig David to
produce Better Days, a song about the
importance of nature and taking care of
the environment. Supported by billboards,
light projections and murals, the campaign
highlighted the many reasons why people
should be proud to say I Came By Train. We
also encouraged action via social media by
asking people to simply pledge to switch
a journey from plane or car to rail via the
I Came By Train website.
In February 2023, we brought together
experts from the rail, sustainability and
tech sectors for the launch of the I Came By
Train white paper, which called for industry
stakeholders to build an alliance to help more
people choose rail, by promoting its ease,
efficiency and sustainability, and thereby
creating a mass movement from car and
plane to rail.
Sustainability can be rail’s secret
weapon for creating growth”
Jody Ford, Chief Executive Officer
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
10
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Market overview
A large and recovering market
set for long-term growth
European rail market
pre-Covid-19 worth over
€60bn
Investment pledged in
UK Integrated Rail Plan
£96bn
EU target to increase the
length of the high-speed
rail network by 2050
3x
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
11
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Market overview
continued
Governments’ ongoing investment into
rail across Europe will further facilitate
recovery and growth. In the UK, this includes
£96 billion announced in the Integrated Rail
Plan in November 2021. The stated objectives
of the investment are to support continued
growth, improve efficiency and reliability, and
to further facilitate the transition of travellers
to more sustainable modes of transport
including rail.
In continental Europe, governments are
seeking to double high-speed rail traffic
by 2030 and triple high-speed rail by 2050,
with the most significant network expansion
planned in Spain, France, Italy and Germany.
The EU is targeting a 55% reduction target
for CO
2
emissions by 2030.
Domestic competition between high-speed
rail carriers in Europe has stepped up
meaningfully, with increased competition
enhancing choice and value for passengers.
Four rail brands are now competing across
Spain, two across Italy, and two between Paris
and Lyon, the busiest route in France. We are
quickly gaining ground as the aggregator of
choice on these high-speed routes.
UK rail market recovery – FY2023
Leisure travel – ahead of pre-pandemic
levels despite strikes
Traditionally Trainline’s strongest market
segment, it has recovered to above
pre-pandemic levels despite the impact
of strikes in FY2023. It was a strong start
to the year, but travel uncertainty has
since impacted customers’ confidence
to book ahead.
Commuter travel – steady recovery
Recovered to ~70% of pre-pandemic
levels. Despite the travel disruption, with
limited commute activity on strike days,
segment recovery has continued through
the course of the year. Season tickets have
remained relatively flat and is recovered to
~35% of pre-pandemic levels, but overall
commute has shown good recovery
throughout the year. Trainline continues
to focus on features and digital options
which make the commuter experience
easier for customers.
Business travel – slowest to recover
but longer-term growth due to greener
travel choices
Recovered to ~60% of pre-pandemic
levels. This has been the slowest segment
to recover, but it has stepped up through
the year. Trainline continues to believe in
long-term segment recovery as corporates
move towards greener travel choices.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
12
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Market overview
continued
Trainline operates in a large market
that enjoys significant structural tailwinds
Shift to online and mobile ticketing
Etickets in the UK increased to 43% of total
rail industry sales by FY2023, reflecting a
greater prevalence of people buying train
tickets through Trainline’s 4.9-star app.
Eticket availability will reach over 90% of
journeys once Southeastern completes
its roll-out. This means there is significant
headroom for ticket penetration to
grow further.
We are priming our mobile app to better
serve customers, including making railcard
renewals easier and developing digital
season tickets for commuters.
1
Our structural tailwinds:
Shift to online and mobile
ticketing accelerated
Driving modal shift with
significant investments
in rail
Greater supply
fragmentation in our core
European geographies
1
2
3
UK eticket availability will grow
from 71% in FY2020 to over 90%
this year
>90%
eticket penetration in the UK
FY20
21%
40%
43%
30%
FY21
FY22
FY23
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
13
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Market overview
continued
Driving modal shift with
significant investments in rail
UK and European governments are investing
to drive modal shift to rail as a greener mode
of transport amid growing environmental
awareness and ambitious net zero targets.
Governments and businesses continue to
recognise that achieving net zero emissions
targets will require a modal shift to more
sustainable travel options. In comparison to
air and road transport, rail is a significantly
lower-carbon form of transport, generating
70-86% less CO
2
emissions than driving or
flying. Rail is also a very efficient way of
moving people into city centres and over
long distances, reducing road congestion
and pollution.
A strategic priority of the UK Decarbonising
Transport plan is to accelerate modal shift
by making public transport “the natural first
choice for our daily activities” and, where the
car remains attractive for longer journeys,
increasing “competition from high-speed
decarbonised rail and zero emissions
coaches”. The UK government has set a
reduction target for CO
2
emissions of at least
78% by 2035 compared to 1990 levels and
plans to invest a record £48 billion by 2024
to “maximise the shift of users to rail”.
European governments have also begun
taking action to promote rail over internal
flights in order to meet their net zero targets
and we anticipate more governments
will introduce similar regulations in the
coming years.
Sustainability is increasingly becoming a
priority for corporations of all sizes around
the world and implementing sustainable
business practices includes the introduction
of sustainable travel policies.
A SAP Concur report found that 97% of
business travellers would increase their
journey time if it significantly reduced the
environmental impact, and 69% of travel
managers have updated their company’s
travel guidelines to have a greater focus
on sustainability.
Several large European companies have
said they will reduce their carbon emissions
from flights including Deloitte, PwC, Lloyds
Banking Group, ABN Amro and Nestlé.
2
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
14
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Market overview
continued
Greater supply fragmentation in
our core European geographies
Trainline operates in an increasingly complex
and fragmented rail market. With ongoing
liberalisation and investment in rail and
greener modes of transport, we expect
competition to increase. Major carriers from
France, Italy and Spain are now competing
in each other’s domestic markets and new
cross-border routes are set to open. With
multiple suppliers on multiple routes, Trainline
can help customers choose the right journey
by comparing and displaying all the options
clearly in one site.
France’s SNCF entered the Spanish market
under its low-cost brand Ouigo Spain in May
2021 on the busy Madrid-Barcelona route.
In turn, the incumbent rail operator Renfe
launched its own low-cost offshoot, Avlo,
on the same route. Italy’s Trenitalia entered
the French market in late 2021, with services
between Paris, Lyon and Milan. Trenitalia-
backed Iryo launched its first services on the
Madrid-Barcelona and Madrid-Valencia routes
at the end of 2022.
This trend is set to continue: Iryo is
expanding routes in Spain, with services
between Madrid and Seville/Malaga from
March 2023 and Madrid to Alicante in
June 2023. Ouigo is planning to run on the
Madrid-Seville/Malaga route by 2024.
Renfe is due to run cross-border services
between Barcelona-Lyon and Madrid-
Barcelona-Marseille by the summer of 2023.
Le Train and European Sleeper are further
examples of new operators planning to launch
services, with Le Train launching routes on
the Western Corridor in France connecting
major cities like Bordeaux, Tours, Nantes, and
Rennes. European Sleeper expects to launch
its night train service between Brussels-
Amsterdam-Berlin in May 2023.
New operators introduce different customer
propositions – from low-cost (Ouigo Spain
and Avlo) to premium service (Trenitalia
France and Iryo). Such competition provides
more choice, convenience and quality for
customers, as well as more competitive fares.
As competition grows, passengers will
increasingly need websites and apps that
provide transparency across all carrier
options. Trainline aggregates different
carriers, fares and journeys in one place,
making it easy for customers to select the
right option for them, together with the
ability to book rail tickets in a language
and currency of their choice.
For carrier partners seeking to grow or
enter new markets, we can rapidly add their
inventory and offer access to a diverse global
customer base across our B2C and B2B
channels – connecting them to consumers,
business travellers and travel resellers.
3
Selected key rail routes in continental
Europe with competition
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
15
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Market overview
continued
Regulatory and political
environment
EU goal: 2x high-speed
rail traffic
Scheduled collective
travel of under 500km
should be carbon-
neutral within the EU
EU goal: 3x
high-speed
rail traffic
European
Year of Rail
By 2030
By 2050
2021
In April 2023, the European Commission announced it
had launched a formal investigation into the Spanish
incumbent carrier Renfe. It is investigating whether
Renfe abused its market-dominant position by refusing
to provide third-party retail platforms like Trainline its
full range of tickets, discounts and features, as well as
its real-time data.
Working towards green mobility
The Commission’s European Green Deal established a
goal of becoming climate-neutral by 2050 and included a
commitment to a rethink of EU policies for clean energy in
the transport sector.
In late 2021, the European Commission presented its
‘Action Plan on boosting long-distance and cross-border
passenger rail’ as part of a package of initiatives to foster
green mobility. Objectives of the Action Plan include
the promotion of more user-friendly ticketing, including
allowing passengers to find the best tickets at the most
attractive price and better support when faced with
disruption. Third-party ticket vendors (e.g. Trainline) have
been identified as having a key role to play in the delivery
of this plan.
In June 2023, the latest revision of the EU Rail Passenger
Rights Regulation (RPRR) will be implemented. Under the
RPRR, rail carriers across the EU will be required to share
more content and data, including ‘real-time data’, with
independent platforms like Trainline.
A review is underway by the European Commission
to make it easier for customers to plan and buy tickets
for journeys that combine different modes of transport.
The multimodal digital mobility services (MDMS) initiative
aims to better integrate public transport and rail services
to achieve seamless multimodal passenger transport,
delivering the EU Green Deal.
At the start of 2023, the European Commission
announced it will support ten pilot projects to
establish new rail services or improve existing
ones. This will improve cross-border connections
across the EU, making them faster, more frequent
and more affordable.
Europe
Working towards more competitive mobility
Liberalisation of the national rail and coach markets
continues to unfold, promoted by a series of European
Commission initiatives aimed at encouraging competition
across Europe’s railways and facilitating efficient transport
systems that operate effectively across borders.
The Fourth Railway Package is one such initiative.
It comprises a series of measures aimed at creating
a truly integrated European Railway Area and making
EU railways more attractive, innovative and competitive.
The reform started in 2019 with the opening of the
market for domestic passenger transport services
by rail and we are already seeing the competitive
benefits in markets like Spain and France.
These legislative initiatives are helping to create an
environment which is supportive of further competition
and market volume growth. This expands opportunities
for new rail operators to enter the rail markets in other
geographies and for independent retailers who play a
key part in supporting these new entrants. Independent
retailers do so by aggregating, combining and showcasing
a multitude of operators on their platforms and provide
much needed transparency and optionality to rail users.
In April 2022, the German Federal Cartel Office (FCO)
published preliminary findings of its review into
Deutsche Bahn (DB). It found that certain practices used
by DB constitute an abuse of market power in relation
to third-party mobility platforms like Trainline. The FCO’s
preliminary findings included that DB offered insufficient
contractual terms, did not make real-time data available,
and contractually imposed advertising bans, together with
possible discrimination against mobility platforms with
regard to the commission rate paid for ticket sales. It has
been reported that DB is seeking to reach a settlement
with the FCO.
Unless market conditions are set that allow for independent
platforms to operate on a level playing field and with
appropriate remuneration, Trainline will remain unable to
sufficiently invest to serve the German domestic market and
offer passengers its broad set of products and innovations.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
16
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Regulatory and political environment
continued
UK
GBR
The UK railway is undergoing a period
of industry reform which began with the
Williams-Shapps Plan for Rail, announced by
the Department for Transport in May 2021.
It set out the government’s proposals for
changes to the management of the railways.
At the core of the plan was the establishment
of GBR to bring greater coherence and
coordination to the sector.
Passenger rail services are currently delivered
by 32 train operators, including those let
as franchises to private companies by
the Department for Transport, Transport
Scotland, and Transport for Wales; and those
run by private companies under an Open
Access model (where track access rights are
bought from Network Rail for specific routes).
The process of restructuring the industry
is expected to take several years, requiring
legislation to fully complete. Interim
franchising arrangements made during the
pandemic (Emergency Measures Agreements)
transitioned to National Rail Contracts (NRCs)
for incumbent operators during 2021-22, with
the UK government continuing to assume
revenue risk for the industry. Longer term,
NRCs will be phased out but no timescale
has yet been given. They will be replaced by
Passenger Services Contracts (PSCs).
Bradshaw address
The new Secretary of State for Transport,
Mark Harper, provided more direction on
GBR in his speech at the annual George
Bradshaw Address on 7 February 2023. He
stated it would be established as an arm’s
length body to develop a guiding strategy for
rail, to be published by the GBR Transition
Team (GBRTT) later in 2023. GBR would
act as the ‘guiding mind’ to coordinate the
network, sitting above track and train. He
placed far greater emphasis on the role
of the private sector in the running of the
railways, highlighting new passenger service
contracts for rail carriers with commercially
driven targets and supporting more direct
carrier competition in the form of new open
access operators. In retail, he underlined his
commitment to a competitive retail market
to drive innovation and value for customers.
Creation of GBR as a ticket retailer
The Plan for Rail included proposals
to replace many of the sub-scale Train
Operating Company websites and apps
with a GBR-branded app and website. At
this stage, neither the UK government nor
the GBR Transition Team have confirmed
how they plan to develop and operate an
online retailing platform for GBR, beyond
Rail Delivery Group (RDG) taking preliminary
steps ahead of a formal exercise to procure a
Consolidated Online Retailing Solution (CORS)
for the sale of rail tickets, with an expectation
that the contract would novate to GBR at
some future stage. The estimated contract
notice (effectively the official process start
date) was 1 April 2022.
However, no formal procurement exercise
has yet started at time of writing. In February
2023, Train Operating Company Govia
Thameslink Railway Ltd (GTR) launched its
own tender process to white label its online
retailing channels, reflecting the rail industry’s
continuing uncertainty around whether the
CORS tender process will happen.
We remain engaged with RDG, GBRTT and
DfT and are ready to actively support a
procurement process should one go ahead.
RDG Retail Review
Along with other third-party retailers,
Trainline was invited by RDG to take part
in a review process of the broader retailing
landscape and the commercial framework,
including industry commission rates.
In March 2022, Trainline announced it had
reached agreement with Rail Delivery Group
(RDG) on a memorandum of understanding
(MOU) to amend its third-party retail licence.
The MOU was an output from RDG’s review
of rail retailing in the UK. Following last year’s
announcement, Trainline and other third-
party retailers entered into a collaborative
phase of engagement with RDG on new
contractual licence terms.
In May 2023, we confirmed that this phase
of engagement with RDG had now concluded
with the implementation of the legally
binding minimum set of terms, as disclosed
in our previous communications. Trainline
estimates a resulting c.0.25% net reduction
in commission rate, effective 1 April 2025.
The terms applicable to Trainline will include:
A 0.5% reduction in the base B2C online
sales commission rate, from 5% to 4.5%
An offsetting removal of central industry
costs. Trainline estimates this to be c.0.25%
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
17
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
For travellers
For businesses
carriers (UK & Europe)
>270
Business Model
We aggregate data from
>270 carriers across the
UK and Europe on our
platform...
We apply the brilliant minds of our
people, our smart technology and
customer insights...
To generate our highly rated user
experience and partner solutions
Building the world’s #1 rail platform
C
u
s
t
o
m
e
r
s
+
D
a
t
a
+
I
n
s
i
g
h
t
s
S
u
p
p
l
y
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
18
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Business Model
continued
We aggregate data from
>270 carriers across Europe
on our platform
We apply the brilliant minds of our
people, our smart technology and
customer insights...
To generate our highly rated user
experience and partner solutions
We have integrated over 270
carrier partners to date, mostly
across the UK and Europe,
bringing together the majority
of rail and coach operators onto
one platform, covering all of the
UK rail network and ~80% of the
European network.
This breadth allows us to offer
all the journeys, fares and ticket
options to our customers,
whenever and wherever
they may be travelling.
Our proprietary technology - Platform One
Platform One is our agile and proprietary
technology. It is the engine behind our Trainline
consumer app and website, and it also powers the
booking and retailing solutions for our partners
and B2B clients such as rail carriers, travel sellers,
businesses and public sector organisations.
Powerful data assets
We understand the travel needs and patterns of
our customers in over 40 countries through our
B2C and B2B channels with around 117 million
visits to our platform each month.
Market-specific features and personalisation
Using our product and technology expertise, plus
the unique data insights generated across our
large customer base, we continue to enhance our
customer proposition and tailor it to the needs of
different markets.
Revenue model
We earn a commission and fees on ticket sales.
We also generate revenue from advertising and
ancillary services such as travel insurance and
multi-currency payment options.
B2B partners pay a commission and/or
transaction fee on ticket sales, as well as other
related technology service fees for the provision
of our solutions.
For travellers
Highly rated customer experience for
travellers globally
4.9/5 star rated app
Search and book train tickets for
journeys in over 40 countries
Available ticket types, journey
combinations and fares across
carriers in one place
Seamless, friction-free booking
experience
Multiple languages, currencies
and payment options
Digital tickets, smart
personalisation, real-time travel
information and many more
features
For businesses
We provide end-to-end digital
retailing solutions for carriers
Fast and secure tech platform for
retailing and ticketing at a lower
cost to serve
Deep rail tech expertise –
customised, high-converting and
high-quality solutions
We give travel sellers access to our
rail content via our global API
Access our rail content with
all local features through one
connection
Allows travel sellers to integrate
rail into their offering, helping
them grow their business
We offer smart rail booking
solutions for companies of all sizes
Trainline branded business portal
for businesses and public sector
clients of all sizes
All in one place for full travel
visibility, cost control, and
sustainability reporting
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
19
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Business Model
continued
Creating value for our app
and online customers
At Trainline, our purpose is to empower greener travel
choices, connecting people and places.
Offering smarter travel, Trainline unlocks the power
of our platform and data, offering unrivalled value, a
friction-free experience and motivating greener habits
– thereby encouraging customers to switch from car
and air to rail.
We work tirelessly to provide the best possible product
fit in our target markets – tailoring our app and website
experience to the needs of our local customers, providing
high-quality and relevant features and services.
• Simple, intuitive user interface
• Digital ticketing including seasons
• Set multiple commute favourites
• Real-time information
• Self-service change of journey,
automated refund capability
• Modern payment options
Friction free
Enabling customers to
get it right
Unrivalled value
Unearthing the greatest, most
trusted value for your journey
Greener habits
Motivation and pride to switch
from car and air to rail
• All carriers, fares and
railcards in one place
• Money-saving features include:
SplitSave, Price Prediction,
Ticket Alerts, Best Fare Finder,
Railcard Finder
• Route emission info
• Campaigns to drive awareness
of sustainability of rail
• Bike reservation
Key features
Key features
Key features
Smarter
travel
Unrivalled
value
Friction
free
Greener
habits
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
20
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Business Model
continued
Creating value for our partners, business
customers and the industry
Stepping into Europe with Global API
Our new Global API gives us the ability to expand into Europe
and work with more leading travel brands and online
booking tools.
Carrier competition on the continent is increasing as more
rail operators launch new high-speed routes in the markets.
It’s an opportunity for Trainline to connect business
passengers across European cities and offer them a
sustainable way to travel.
Coupled with our Agent Tools, the new API allows us to
distribute our technology through a single connection, so our
partners’ customers enjoy a simple and seamless experience.
Consumer style bookings with business extras
Our presence in the business travel market is growing fast.
Trainline Business gives millions of employees an effortless
way to book their train travel across over 40 countries.
Powered by Platform One, they will benefit from a consumer-
style booking experience with visibility of their travel spend,
cost efficiencies and controls.
IT Solutions for Carriers
Through Platform One, we enable digital innovation in the rail
industry. Our tailored retailing solutions meet the needs of
our carrier and retail partners, lowering their cost to serve
and simplifying their innovation process.
Partners can access our innovative suite of products and
features, benefiting from our scale and expertise:
One-stop shop (front-end and back-end retailing needs)
Customer-centric ecommerce experience
Deep inventory connections
Certified PCI Level 1 compliant
ISO 22301 certification and in the process of obtaining
ISO 27001
Dedicated customer service team
For the rail industry
Across our whole platform ecosystem, we provide
cutting-edge rail technology and digital ticketing innovation
that encourages more people to travel by train at a lower cost
to serve for the industry.
Our vision is to be the world’s number one rail platform. Through Trainline Solutions, we
provide retailing capabilities and solutions to travel sellers, businesses, and rail carriers.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
21
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Our technology
At Trainline, we pride ourselves on our proprietary, modern,
scalable tech platform created and maintained by our c.500
bright product, data and tech minds.
Our ability to bring together teams comprising developers,
designers, infrastructure and data scientists to create
a world-class experience for our customers and carrier
partners is what defines us and allows us to continually
innovate and maintain our superior customer experience.
3.5m
origin-destination
pairs per month
750+
releases a week
>600
microservices
315
searches per
second
>500
engineers, data
and tech specialists
6+TB
data processed
a day
Reliable, scalable, secure
• >600 microservices,
increasing speed of
development, flexibility
and scalability
• c.500 engineers, data
and tech specialists
• 750+ releases per week
Deep inventory
connections
• Rail and coach
• Pre- and post-sales
• Real-time data
• Add-on travel services:
insurance, etc.
Personalised
AI data products
• >6 TB data processed per day
• Bespoke AI-driven features
• Personalised UX and CRM
Customer-centric
ecommerce
• Simple ‘one click’ user
interface: hides industry
complexity;
multi-product basket
• Proprietary multi-carrier/
modal journey planner
• 10+ payment options
including Google Pay and
Apple Pay
Security, payments,
fulfilment, fraud
safeguards
• PCI-DSS Level 1 (Merchant &
Service Provider) since 2013
• Partnership with NCSC & NCA
• Internal standards aligned
with NIST framework
• Business Continuity Planning
(ISO 22301) certified since
2022
• 3DS version 2 implemented
• Payment Services Directive
II Secure Customer
Authentication fully live
• Industry-leading fraud
to sales ratio
• Industry-leading payment
acceptance rates
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
22
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Our technology
continued
Platform One
Our single global tech platform provides a range of tools and services for our B2C and B2B customers.
Supply data (UK & EU)
Global API and white
label services
ecommerce
Ticketing and
settlement
Payments
and fraud prevention
Journey planner
and real-time info
Customer
accounts
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
23
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategy
Positioning ourselves as the market aggregator for European rail, while in the UK
further digitising the rail retailing experience, particularly for commuters.
Our strategic growth priorities
Providing a smart, intuitive and seamless
experience for our customers is at the
heart of our business – we are continually
improving and optimising our user
experience on our mobile app and web
interface, removing friction for customers
while offering them access to unrivalled
value and the widest choice.
We have created a platform that consolidates
rail and coach inventory for carriers across
our European markets, providing one
convenient online experience for customers.
Through customer insights and research,
personalisation, data and machine learning,
we invest in designing features that enhance
the journeys of our customers at every stage,
from planning and booking through to
post sales.
Our key focus is to strengthen demand by
deploying our marketing playbook to drive
customer acquisition, encouraging more
customers to choose more environmentally
sustainable modes of transport.
We have built a strong brand, notably in
the UK, with opportunity to grow customer
awareness in Europe.
Our addressable customer base remains
large and the headroom for Trainline to grow
across our core markets remains significant.
Increasing customer lifetime value means, for
us, our customers use us more frequently for
more of their travel needs – be it commuting,
shopping trips, getting to university, business
trips, family days out, buying a railcard or
international travel.
Through our enhanced product offering
and broader marketing, we are significantly
increasing our ability to help people make
these everyday travel choices.
While helping to drive faster growth,
increasing customer lifetime value is
also improving our customer economics,
allowing us in turn to invest more in
customer acquisition.
Trainline Solutions (‘TS’) is playing a key role
in providing reach and scale to rail operators.
TPS has primarily focused on opportunities
in the UK to date, but we are now starting to
break through into European markets with
our retailing solutions for carriers as well as
distribution capabilities for travel sellers.
Our solutions for Distribution, Carrier IT
and Businesses offer further and significant
growth headroom for Trainline. We remain
focused on increasing demand from our
existing accounts and winning new
accounts in all three areas.
Enhance the customer
experience
Build demand
Increase customer
lifetime value
Grow Trainline Solutions
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
24
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategy
continued
Our strategic
growth
priorities
Key focus areas
Progress in FY2023
Enhance the
customer
experience
Investing in our strong pipeline of innovation with a particular
focus on features that differentiate our offer and meet
specific local market needs in our European target markets
Adding new supply as it hits the European markets, offering
our customers better choice and value whilst enabling our
carrier partners to reach a wide user base
Continuing to innovate for the returning commuter market
in the UK
4.9/5 star rated app in UK and Europe (iOS)
Integrated in Spain new carrier brand Iryo ahead of its launch on the Madrid-Barcelona, Valencia and Seville/Malaga
routes, plus added SNCF Ouigo’s new Madrid-Valencia route
Launched innovative new products and features in Europe, including Prix Futés (SplitSave) in France and Trenitalia
discount codes in Italy
Eticket penetration of industry sales increased from 40% to 43% in FY2023. Eticket penetration was 44% in Q4 FY2023
Digitising commuter ticketing in UK, with digital seasons rolled out across 12 train operators and Quick Buy feature
recently launched
Since launch, c.4 million customer set ups of ‘Favourites’ feature, which allows them to personalise their journey
Expanded SplitSave to 80% of journeys, up from 64% at launch in FY2020 through data-led optimisation
Build
demand
Flexible ramping of performance marketing and customer
acquisition as market economics allow
Investment in brand awareness in key European markets
Attracting foreign travellers to rail and to Trainline
Scaled our marketing investment in our focus markets, driving up brand awareness and new customer acquisition
in Spain and Italy, helping grow net ticket sales in those markets fourfold and threefold respectively
Increased foreign travel, with net ticket sales up 87% Yo3Y, particularly for US inbound travel. We currently rank
first or second on Google search for the five most popular rail journeys in Europe for US customers
Ran a value-focused brand campaign in UK, driving a 5 percentage point increase in value perception amongst
our target audience of under 30-year-olds
58% increase in active customers in UK vs. FY2020
Increase
customer
lifetime value
Continuing to win and retain high value and loyal customers
Investing in and building out monetisation levers beyond
commission in the UK and International
Making Trainline more relevant for more of our
customers’ journeys
c.50% of UK active monthly customers transacting 2+ times a month (up from 42% in FY2021)
Strong progress in scaling digital railcards with 1.8 million active railcard users in the UK at the end of FY2023,
reflecting the maturity of our proposition there
Grew regional sales in Italy 4x Yo3Y
Grow Trainline
Solutions
Retaining and growing existing UK customer base
Expanding Global API and white label services into
European markets
In UK, signed contract extensions with Train Operating Companies ScotRail and CrossCountry, and signed up third-
party retailer Trainhugger as a new client
In Europe, regional sales for our first Carrier IT Solutions partner NTV Italo went live in July
Signed more B2B customers to our Global API, notably CWT, Agiito and Havas Voyages, with the latter two now live
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
25
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Case study
In the past two years Trainline has doubled its share of the UK commuter segment.
Bringing commuters
and frequent travellers
on board
We have primed our mobile app to better
serve the commuter market, from hybrid
workers to those that commute 5+ days a
week. This includes providing an increasingly
full product suite, while simplifying and
personalising their experience.
Digitalising season tickets
Over £2 billion of season tickets were sold
annually in the UK pre-Covid-19. Today it is
around £800 million but continues to recover.
Until recently commuters that used season
tickets had to put up with an antiquated,
paper-based ticketing experience, despite
being the most frequent rail users.
However Trainline is changing that by
taking eticket barcodes to the next level. We
developed the sTicket, a secure eticket, which
was then accredited as an official ticketing
standard for high-value barcode tickets by the
RDG. In doing so, we have enabled season
tickets to be served digitally for the first time.
It includes smart security features such
as time limited barcodes and allows for
passenger photos to be embedded directly
in the digital ticket, removing the need for
a separate physical photo card.
We launched our in-app digital flexi tickets
in summer 2021, and have since developed
all other types of season tickets - weekly,
monthly and annual - in our secure digital
format. Having received full accreditation,
we are currently in the process of rolling this
out carrier by carrier and so far have enabled
digital seasons on 12 TOCs.
Personalising the commuter experience
Finding journey options and buying tickets for
your favourite routes has never been easier,
with our Favourites experience, commuters
can save their most frequent journeys, buy a
ticket in just a few taps, and track their daily
commute in real time.
c.4 million of our UK users have set up a route
in Favourites since launch, benefiting from
our push notifications about disruption on
their favourite route during their typical travel
time. For anybody regularly buying flexible
tickets on the same day, such as anytime
tickets or travel cards, our Quick Buy option
allows them to purchase repeat tickets such
as singles and returns in just three clicks.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
26
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Case study
Carrier competition in European rail creates opportunity for Trainline to
position itself as the market aggregator, with net ticket sales tripling in Italy
and increasing fourfold in Spain Yo3Y.
Aggregation of high speed rail
In 2019, the EU’s Fourth Railway Package
opened domestic rail passenger services to
competition. At that point, Italy was the only
large country with major competition across
its high-speed routes, following NTV Italo’s
market entry several years earlier. Since then,
we have seen competition arising on other
European high-speed routes Europe, creating
the need for a rail aggregator like Trainline.
At Trainline, customers can compare fares,
ticket types and journey options across all
the different operators, and then book the
combination they want. As such, aggregation
provides a clear market use case, prompting
customers to use Trainline when booking
their tickets.
Liberalisation is happening most quickly in
Spain, where the number of carrier brands
operating high-speed rail services grew
from one to four in less than 18 months.
Having launched first on the busiest routes
of Madrid-Barcelona and Madrid-Valencia,
the new entrant carrier brands are launching
more high speed routes across Spain this
year. Total routes are set to represent an
aggregation opportunity of c.€1.3 billion in
Spain alone.
Our aggregation proposition is helping
Trainline take share in Spain, particularly on
routes that have liberalised. On the Madrid-
Barcelona route in Q4 CY2022, while overall
passenger volume grew 1.4x YoY, Trainline’s
sales transactions doubled and were up 9x
Yo3Y. At the same time, we are also helping
new entrant carriers access customers,
making up 20% of Iryo’s sales on Madrid-
Barcelona during its first quarter of trading
(Q4 CY2022).
While growing customers on liberalised
routes, we are becoming more relevant for
routes with no carrier competition. Italy is
the prime example, given its maturity as a
liberalised market. While we tripled net ticket
sales in three years, this was outpaced by our
growth in sales on regional journeys, which
quadrupled Yo3Y.
At Trainline, customers
compare fares, ticket
types and journey options
across all the different
rail operators.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
27
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
The global inbound and cross-border rail travel market
in Europe represents a significant future growth
opportunity for Trainline.
Case study
Foreign travel represents global customers
from the US, UK and the rest of the world, as
well as some intra-EU cross-border travel. It
is worth over €4 billion, and is high margin,
generating a double-digit percentage revenue
take-rate (revenue generated as a percentage
of net ticket sales). Unsurprisingly, net ticket
sales for foreign inbound travel is highly
seasonal, with sales peaking over the
summer months.
In FY2023, foreign travel net ticket sales
increased 87% Yo3Y, with sales to US inbound
customers particularly strong. This was
driven by Trainline’s comprehensive one-
stop experience for all travel in Europe, and
unlocked through SEO and performance
marketing. Trainline ranks first or second
on Google search for the most popular rail
journeys in Europe for US customers.
Foreign travel
Looking into FY2024, we expect another
strong year for US inbound customers, with
a Trainline survey finding that Europe is the
top of the wish list for summer travel for
one-third of Americans, with over 75% wishing
to travel to two or more countries. We are
further ramping up our efforts to entice US
customers, launching a PR campaign to find
‘Trainline’s Chief Conductor’, with the winner
experiencing rail adventures across Europe,
as recommended by David Hasselhoff.
In addition, to build trust and help customers
feel reassured, we are launching journey
guides and information, specifically designed
to help US inbound customers travel by train
across Europe.
At the same time we are increasing our focus
on cross-border travellers who value the
consistent experience they get with Trainline
across multiple countries and train operators.
We make it easy to book the whole journey in
one place as opposed to booking individual
legs with each national carrier.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
28
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Investing in product market fit,
marketing and brand awareness
In the UK, we launched a brand campaign focused on value
for money to illustrate how customers who book through
Trainline save on average 35% versus the walk-up price at
the station, through a combination of all the trains, all the
fares and our data-led features such as SplitSave. This is also
reflected in improvements in value perception, increasing
5 percentage points in our target under 30 audience.
We are investing in improving this value perception further
in FY2024 through our new campaign ‘Great journeys start
with Trainline’. This is designed to champion our unrivalled
value and friction-free propositions, helping customers
understanding how they can save money, effortlessly.
We use innovation and marketing to help customers unearth the
best value tickets for their journeys.
Case study
Unlocking value for customers
Unlocking value and ease
In 2020, we launched our in-app digital railcard in the UK,
allowing our customers to buy, store and use a digital railcard
alongside their tickets in our app, without the hassle of keeping
and renewing a paper version. We now have over 1.8 million
customers with a digital railcard, purchasing more than 3.5
times more journeys than our customers without a railcard.
Our railcard holders don’t need to remember their physical
card, and they also don’t need to worry about it expiring
anymore. During 2022, we launched our easy railcard renewal
process, reminding our customers when their railcard is about
to expire and making it possible to renew the railcard with us
in just a few clicks.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
29
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Prix Futés (SplitSave) in France
Prix Futés allows customers to stitch together
multi-leg journeys more cheaply than on the
incumbent’s app.
Case study
continued
Launched price calendars across
UK, Spain, Italy and France
Price calendars make it easy for customers
across the UK and Europe to find the best
price for their journey.
Discount codes in Italy
The equivalent of railcards for Trenitalia trains,
this provides customers an easy way to save
money on their fares.
Unlocking value in our markets
We use innovation and marketing to help customers unearth the
best value tickets for their journeys.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
30
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Case study
Global API
We continued to position the Global API platform for growth, giving B2B partners
the ability to offer European rail options to their customers through one simple,
seamless connection. Below are examples of three of our B2B partners.
CWT is a global business travel and meetings specialist
and has been a Trainline Solutions client for over 5 years.
Trainline’s innovation and product features and the scale
of aggregated content hosted in Platform One makes it
easier for CWT to develop new tech once, and then roll out
comparatively easily to other markets. Trainline also stitches
together cross-border journeys simply and seamlessly.
Trainline’s ability to offer sublicensing also provides CWT
with more efficient access to content, meaning they can
avoid complex and lengthy negotiations with the carriers.
In summer 2022, CWT’s flagship ‘myCWT’ app went live
on Platform One, as part of a multi-modal expansion
of the app which also included offering car hire.
Havas Voyages is the biggest travel network in France,
and Trainline’s first non-UK traditional TMC partner.
Havas Voyages partnered with Trainline because its technology
enables both sales and post-sales to be performed online for
SNCF. This means their customers can self-serve post-sales
online rather than calling Havas operational teams, which
represents massive productivity gains.
Havas Voyages were also interested by Trainline’s cross-border
rail offering, and our capability to offer multi-carrier journeys,
with all segments in one single transaction.
Navan, a leading corporate travel and expense platform,
partnered with Trainline to enhance its customer proposition
with the launch of its European rail offer.
Navan has been with Trainline for three years and was the first
partner to go live on Trainline’s Global API, offering thousands
of global customers a seamless rail booking experience that
also provides a sustainable travel option – all through one
simple connection.
Trainline’s Global API enables Navan to provide its customers
with a superior and feature-rich customer service. As well as
offering a wide choice of routes and fares, customers have
the freedom to manage their own booking, empowered by
self-service capabilities such as obtaining refunds on-the-go,
saving both time and money.
In a buoyant environmental context for rail activity, Havas Voyages needed to simplify and optimise the process of booking, modifying,
and cancelling train tickets for the benefit of its business customers through its TravelSolutions booking tool. The partnership with
Trainline Partner Solutions (TPS) responds perfectly to this problem and allows access to a wider international offer”
Havas Voyages
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
31
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
FY22
FY23
2,520
4,323
FY21
783
FY22
189
FY23
327
FY21
67
FY22
FY23
39
86
FY21
(25)
FY23
FY21
(11)
(1)
FY22
8
FY21
(19)
(2)
FY22
FY23
5
We use the following financial and
non-financial KPIs to measure the
strategic performance of our business.
Key performance
indicators
Description
Net ticket sales represents the gross
value of ticket sales to customers, less the
value of refunds issued, during the year.
Net ticket sales does not represent the
Group’s revenue.
Performance
Net ticket sales was £4,323 million, an
increase of 72% vs prior year, with UK
Consumer increasing by 55%, International
by 125% and TS by 98% vs prior year.
Description
The Group generates the majority of its
revenue in the form of commissions earned
from the rail and coach industry on ticket
sales based on a percentage of the value of
the transaction. The Group also earns fees
and other service charges billed directly to
the customer, on a per transaction basis.
Performance
Revenue was £327 million, an increase
of 74% vs prior year, with UK Consumer
growing by 58%, International by 228%
and TS by 66% vs prior year.
Description
Adjusted EBITDA is profit or loss after
tax before net financing expense, tax,
depreciation and amortisation, exceptional
items and share-based payment charges.
Performance
Adjusted EBITDA increased to £86 million
from £39 million last year.
UK Consumer
Trainline Solutions
International
Consumer
UK Consumer
Trainline Solutions
International
Consumer
Net ticket sales
1
(£m)
Revenue (£m)
Adjusted EBITDA
1
(£m)
1
See page 138 for the definition of this KPI.
2
See page 116 for the definition of this KPI.
Adjusted basic earnings per share
2
(p)
Description
Adjusted basic EPS is profit/loss after tax
for the year, excluding exceptional items,
amortisation of acquired intangibles, gain
on repurchase of convertible bonds, and
share-based payment charges together
with the tax impact of these items, divided
by the weighted average number of
ordinary shares.
Performance
Adjusted EPS was 7.7 pence, an 8.5 pence
increase on the prior year.
Basic earnings per share (p)
Description
Basic EPS is profit/loss after tax for the year
divided by the weighted average number of
ordinary shares.
Performance
Basic earnings per share was 4.5 pence, an
increase of 7.0 pence on the prior year.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
32
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
FY22
FY23
84
87
FY21
83
App share of transactions - UK (%)
Description
Gross transactions through the mobile app
as a percentage of total gross transactions
over the year for UK Consumer.
Performance
The percentage of transactions that went
through the Trainline mobile app increased
to 87% from 84% in the prior year.
FY22
FY23
49
54
FY21
44
Description
Gross transactions through the mobile app
as a percentage of total gross transactions
over the year for International Consumer.
Performance
The percentage of transactions that went
through the Trainline mobile app increased
to 54% from 49% in the prior year.
App share of transactions - International (%)
2.3
1.2
FY20
FY22
FY23
0.8
Description
Leverage ratio is calculated as net
debt divided by adjusted EBITDA.
Performance
Leverage ratio declined to 1.2x in FY2023,
from 2.3x in FY2022.
Leverage ratio
2
Key performance indicators
continued
FY21
(146)
166
8
Operating free cash flow
1
(£m)
FY22
FY23
Description
Operating free cash flow is cash generated
from operating activities adding back
exceptional items, and deducting cash
flow in relation to capital expenditure.
Performance
Operating free cash flow was £8 million
versus £166 million in the prior year.
1
See page 139 for the definition of this KPI.
2
FY2021 is not included as it does not represent a suitable and relevant comparative given the unprecedented and isolated impact of Covid-19 on the metric in that financial year.
FY22
FY23
(10)
28
FY21
(100)
Description
Operating loss/profit is a profit measure
reflecting profit or loss after tax before
net financing income/expense and tax.
Performance
Operating profit improved to £28 million
from a £10 million loss last year.
Operating (loss)/profit (£m)
FY22
FY23
40
43
FY21
30
Description
Internally calculated value of eticket sales
as a percentage of total rail ticket sales
value for the UK rail industry.
Performance
In FY2023, eticket penetration increased
to 43% (44% in Q4) from 40% in FY2022.
UK industry eticket penetration (%)
44
55
FY21
36
Cumulative app downloads (m)
FY22
FY23
Description
Cumulative number of app downloads.
Performance
Total cumulative downloads of the Trainline
app increased to 55 million.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
33
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
UK Consumer
Net ticket sales for UK Consumer were
£2.8 billion, 55% higher YoY and 37% higher
Yo3Y. This reflected the continued recovery in
passenger volume and a significant step up in
industry eticket usage (43% of industry sales
in FY2023 vs 21% in FY2020), with our growth
particularly strong in shorter distance and
commuter travel.
However, the business faced temporary
headwinds given ongoing rail strikes in the
UK (£5-6 million average gross sales impact
per strike day).
UK Consumer revenue of £172 million was
up 58% YoY and 24% Yo3Y, driven by growth
in net ticket sales. Gross profit increased to
£122 million, a 59% increase YoY and a 21%
increase Yo3Y.
Adjusted EBITDA contribution grew to
£71 million, £34 million higher YoY and
£15 million higher Yo3Y. This was despite
the impact of rail strikes as well as a step
up in marketing investment to £22 million
(FY2022: £15 million; FY2020: £18 million)
to attract new customers and support the
rail industry recovery.
Record operating performance
I am delighted to have stepped up into the
role of Chief Financial Officer. I have worked at
Trainline for several years and remain hugely excited
about the growth opportunity. Likewise, I am pleased
with the momentum we are building as we report
record operating performance.
Group overview
Group net ticket sales grew to £4.3 billion, up 72%
year on year (YoY), and 16% higher vs. FY2020 (Yo3Y).
Group revenue grew 74% YoY to £327 million,
25% higher Yo3Y, primarily driven by strong growth
in net ticket sales, particularly in the UK Consumer
and International Consumer business units which
generate a higher rate of revenue as a percentage
of net ticket sales than Trainline Solutions (on a
pre-transaction fee basis).
Gross profit increased to £252 million, up 75% YoY
and up 29% Yo3Y. Adjusted EBITDA increased to
£86 million, from £39 million in the prior year.
CFO’s financial highlights
Net ticket sales
£4.3bn
Revenue
£327m
Adjusted EBITDA
£86m
Basic earnings per share
4.5p
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
34
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
International Consumer
International Consumer net ticket sales of
£915 million was up 125% YoY and 95% Yo3Y,
driven by strong growth on routes where new
carrier competition has emerged and from
foreign travel.
Revenue grew 228% YoY and 121% Yo3Y to
£45 million. This reflected net ticket sales
growth and the step up in foreign travel,
which typically generate higher revenue per
sales transaction. Gross profit of £30 million
was up 353% YoY and 152% Yo3Y.
While driving growth, our investment in the
International Consumer business resulted
in a negative EBITDA contribution of £(22)
million (£(13) million in FY2022; £(15) million
in FY2020). Our investment included a £21
million increase in marketing Yo3Y to £43
million, helping drive strong growth in
customer acquisition and net ticket sales,
and growing the size of our team to
accelerate product innovation.
Trainline Solutions
Trainline Solutions net ticket sales grew 98%
YoY to £597 million, though was 51% lower
than FY2020 as business travel recovers
more slowly.
Trainline Solutions revenue of £110 million was
up 66% YoY and 8% Yo3Y, driven by recovering
net ticket sales and higher internal transaction
fees paid from UK Consumer and International
Consumer, with both businesses significantly
increasing net transactions. Gross profit of
£100 million, up 65% YoY and 20% Yo3Y.
CFO’s financial highlights
continued
FY2023
£m
FY2022
£m
Change from
PY %
FY2020
£m
Change from
FY2020 %
Net ticket sales
UK Consumer
2,811
1,812
55%
2,046
37%
International Consumer
915
407
125%
470
95%
Trainline Solutions
597
302
98%
1,211
(51%)
Total Group
4,323
2,520
72%
3,727
16%
Revenue
UK Consumer
172
109
58%
139
24%
International Consumer
45
14
228%
20
121%
Trainline Solutions
110
66
66%
102
8%
Total Group
327
189
74%
261
25%
Group profit
UK Consumer
122
77
59%
100
21%
International Consumer
30
7
353%
12
152%
Trainline Solutions
100
61
65%
84
20%
Total Group
252
144
75%
196
29%
Adjusted EBITDA
86
39
121%
85
1%
Operating (loss)/profit
28
(10)
2
Adjusted EBITDA contribution stepped up to
£37 million from £14 million in the prior year,
primarily driven by the receipt of the internal
transaction fee.
Operating profit
The Group reported an operating profit of
£28 million versus a £10 million loss in the
prior year, primarily reflecting:
Adjusted EBITDA of £86 million
(FY2022:£39 million)
Depreciation and amortisation charges
of £41 million, reflecting our continued
investment in product and technology.
This was slightly lower than prior year
(FY2022: £43 million) given a reduction in
amortisation of acquired intangible assets
Share-based payment charges of
£17 million vs £7 million in FY2022,
reflecting the strengthening performance
and increased size of the business, alongside
a new, all-employee share incentive scheme
Profit after tax
Profit after tax was £21 million, versus a
£12 million loss after tax in the prior year.
Profit after tax reflected operating profit of
£28 million, net finance charges of £6 million
and a tax charge of £1 million.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
35
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Earnings per share (EPS)
Adjusted basic earnings per share was
7.7 pence versus a loss per share of 0.8 pence
in the prior year. Adjusted basic earnings
per share adjusts for exceptional one-off
costs in the year (of which there were none),
a gain on repurchase of convertible bonds,
amortisation of acquired intangibles and
share-based payment charges, together with
the tax impact of these items. Basic earnings
per share was 4.5 pence, versus a -2.5 pence
loss in FY2022.
Outlook for FY2024
Following the significant impact of Covid-19
on rail travel, industry passenger volumes
made a strong recovery across our core
markets. However, this was not without
some headwinds, including industrial action
in the UK and France in FY2023 and some
macroeconomic uncertainty, which has
continued into FY2024. Despite these effects,
Trainline expects continued strong growth in
FY2024, following a positive start to the year:
Net ticket sales growth in the range of +13
to +22%
Revenue growth in the range of +13%
to +22%
Adj. EBITDA as a % of net ticket sales in the
range of 2.15% to 2.25%
The Group’s primary focus for International
Consumer is to invest to grow net ticket
sales and revenue. However, as the business
unit grows, it should benefit from improved
operating leverage. International Consumer’s
operating leverage should become more
apparent in FY2024, with its adjusted EBITDA
contribution to approach breakeven if
excluding the internal transaction fee payable
to Trainline Solutions (FY2023: £9 million adj.
EBITDA loss excluding transaction fee).
Statement of financial position
Total net assets at the end of FY2023 were
£291 million, an increase from £259 million
in FY2022.
Net current liabilities decreased to £(95)
million from £(114) million in FY2022. The
decrease was predominantly due to a
reduction in rail creditors, this balance was
inflated at the end of FY2022 due to lower
payments on account in February 2022 driven
by the effects of Covid-19 in the prior year.
Non-current liabilities remained relatively
flat at £150 million compared to £151 million
in FY2022.
Net debt increased to £100 million at the end
of February 2023 (1.2x Adj. EBITDA), from
£90 million a year before, primarily driven
by the reversal of the favourable working
capital position at the end of FY2022, caused
by lower payments on account in February
2022 driven by the effects of Covid-19 in the
prior year.
Cash flow
Operating free cash flow was £8 million
versus £166 million in FY2022. The prior
year benefited from significant working
capital inflows as the business recovered
and returned to standard industry settlement
terms. This more than offset the step
up in adjusted EBITDA this year. Capital
expenditure was £35 million, up from
£29 million in the prior year as we
increased our investment in the
international opportunity.
CFO’s financial highlights
continued
During the first half the Group refinanced its
revolving credit facility. The new £325 million
facility was signed in July and can be drawn
in cash or bank guarantees and provides
the Group with flexible financing to cover
its mid-term needs.
Peter Wood
Chief Financial Officer
4 May 2023
Statement of financial position
FY2023
£m
FY2022
£m
Change from
PY %
FY2020
£m
Change from FY2020
%
Non-current assets
536
525
2%
557
(4%)
Cash and cash equivalents
57
68
(16%)
92
(39%)
Other current assets
60
50
20%
52
15%
Current liabilities
(213)
(233)
(9%)
(169)
26%
Non-current liabilities
(150)
(151)
(1%)
(159)
(6%)
Net assets & total equity
291
259
12%
373
(22%)
The Group has changed its presentation of information during the first half to better reflect the nature of the Group’s operations. The Group now reports its technology platform and Trainline Partner Solutions results together within one segment
(Trainline Solutions). The Group continues to report results on UK Consumer in the same manner as previously. International Consumer results are reported on a standalone basis, with International Trainline Partner Solutions now being reported
within ‘Trainline Solutions’.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
36
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Viability statement
In accordance with the requirements of
the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018,
the Directors have assessed the long-term
viability of the Group and its ability to meet
its liabilities over a three-year period. The
Directors carried out a robust assessment
of the Group’s principal risks as set out on
page 38 to 46 and the potential impact of
any of these risks on the long-term viability
of the Group.
Forecasting period
Three years was considered an appropriate
assessment period. Given the fast pace of
the digital environment in which the Group
operates, a longer forecasting period would
become less reliable as it is difficult to predict
digital trends and the pace of change over
a longer period. The three-year period is
also aligned to the Group’s annual strategic
planning process. The base case reflects the
Group’s three-year plan, which includes the
current best estimate of outlook. The key
assumptions in the three-year plan which
could be impacted by the principal risks are:
the rate of net ticket sales growth and the
associated revenue growth; the impact of
further strikes in the rail sector; and the level
of cost required, including capex, to meet
sales and revenue forecasts.
How viability was considered
To assess the viability of the business,
sensitivity scenarios were modelled from
the base case taking into consideration
the Group’s principal risks if they were to
occur. This involved flexing some of the
key assumptions by downside changes,
incorporating severe but plausible downside
scenarios and quantifying the potential
impact of one or more of the principal
risks crystallising over the assessment
period. None of the scenarios modelled
include any mitigating actions. The viability
assessment considered whether the
covenant requirements would be
met in all applicable periods.
Sensitivities applied
The sensitivity scenarios applied were
as follows:
Scenario 1
Market-based sensitivity, based on a
reduction of 15% of forecast EBITDA due
to decreased sales arising from the impact
of a number of factors such as train strikes
and decreased consumer spending power
Link to principal risks: all
Scenario 2
20% additional marketing spend with no
upside in sales/revenue
Link to principal risks: Market shock/
economic disruption; Technology
operations and security; Competitive
landscape; Regulatory and political
environment; Supply and partnerships
Scenario 3
£10 million additional capex in each year
with no upside in sales/revenue
Link to principal risks: Technology
operations and security; People;
Competitive landscape
Scenario 4
Data breach in FY2024, resulting in
reduced revenue, compliance fines
and ongoing increased IT security costs
Link to principal risks: Technology
operations and security; Compliance;
Regulatory and political environment
Conclusion
The Group is forecast to meet covenant
requirements in all periods in which they
are applicable under the base case and
under all scenarios considered.
The Board confirms that it has a reasonable
expectation that the Group will be able to
continue in operation and meet its liabilities
as they fall due over the next three years.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
37
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Principal risks and
uncertainties
At Trainline, we adopt a robust risk management
strategy to ensure we continue to grow our business in a
sustainable way, achieve our objectives and provide value
to our customers, shareholders and other stakeholders.
Our risk management framework
At Trainline, risk management is an integral
part of our culture and how we operate.
Our Management Team takes an active role
in managing risks throughout day-to-day
operations, guided by the Board and the
risk parameters set out as part of Trainline’s
strategic objectives.
The Group has a defined Enterprise Risk
Management (‘ERMʹ) framework as well as
a Risk Policy in place that jointly govern our
risk management programme. The ERM
framework formalises ownership of, and
the process for identifying, assessing and
responding to risks. Our risk management
process and timelines allow for a timely
and detailed reporting of the risks facing
the Group.
Roles and responsibilities
The Trainline Board of Directors has ultimate
responsibility for the risk management
programme and internal controls. The Board
is also responsible for assessing events
and circumstances which could threaten
Trainline’s current and/or future strategy,
business operations or business model, and
for providing guidance and advice to our
Management Team on navigating risks.
The Board also sets the tone for risk
management, the culture, as well as the
context for how decisions are made when
evaluating risks. The Board is supported by
the Group, through Trainline’s Management
Team and the Audit and Risk Committee to
review, report on and manage risks. During
our annual strategy planning process, all
key risks facing the business are formally
reviewed and assessed by the Board.
Oversight and governance
The oversight and governance of our risk
management practices is summarised in the
infographic opposite.
The Audit and Risk Committee is responsible
for reviewing the effectiveness of Trainline’s
internal controls and risk management
practices and for reporting relevant matters
to the Board. The Committee ensures that
Trainline’s risk registers are comprehensive,
timely updated and monitored, and
communicated back to the Board. A flow
of clear, timely and relevant communication
exists between the Audit and Risk Committee
and the Board, which continues from the
Board to Trainline’s wider business and
vice versa.
Trainline’s Internal Risk Committee (‘IRC’)
serves as a forum for senior risk owners
within the business to discuss the Group’s
risk landscape and mitigating activities. The
IRC also identifies and discusses potential
emerging risks facing the Group. The IRC
reports regularly to the Audit and Risk
Committee and the Board.
As our risk management is a continuous
process, functional Risk and Control Owners
are responsible for proactively raising and
helping to assess risks. Risk and Control
Owners participate in periodic risk workshops
and, where required, may also be responsible
for implementing risk mitigation strategies.
Audit and
Risk Committee
Internal Risk Committee
(IRC)
Risk and Control Owners
Oversight and governance
around risk management
Review and calibration of
enterprise principal risks
Risk review and assessment
as part of risk workshops
Formal risk reviews and
setting risk appetite
Review and assessment of
emerging risks
Continuously manage and
update risk profiles
Current and future risk
mitigation actions and controls
Identify, implement and
monitor mitigating actions
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
38
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Risk appetite
Risk appetite measures how much risk
exposure the organisation is willing to accept.
We have defined risk appetite levels in our
ERM framework which helps us make more
informed decisions by consistently targeting
priority areas across our risk landscape. Our
risk appetite sits across a 5-level scale, namely
‘Averse’, ‘Minimalist’, ‘Cautious’, ‘Open’ and
‘Hungry’. The selected level of risk appetite
helps define and drive our risk mitigating
actions and timelines.
Our risk appetite is outlined in our Risk Policy
and is formally approved by the Audit and
Risk Committee annually.
Risk assurance
Our risk assurance process is based on the
‘Three Lines of Defence’ model.
Day-to-day responsibility for risk
management lies with functional Risk and
Control Owners. The relevant management
teams and risk committees provide second
line guidance, oversight and challenge within
the risk management process. Group Internal
Audit delivers risk-based audits in the third
line to provide independent assurance.
Our enterprise risks are formally assessed
bi-annually as part of dedicated risk workshops
held with responsible Risk and Control Owners
across the business. These risk and control
owners are leaders within functional teams with
management and budgetary oversight. The risk
workshops provide objective challenge around
the completeness of the functional risk registers
and help validate if risks are assessed and
scored in line with the ERM framework. Risks are
mapped to one of the Group’s seven Principal
Risks, which allows for the aggregation of the
risk scores and enables an initial, quantitative
review of the risk landscape. We have a
dedicated governance, risk and compliance
software tool in place where all risks are logged,
scored, assessed and reported on.
The IRC meets on a biannual basis to
evaluate the consolidated results from the
risk workshops. The IRC is chaired by the
Group’s CFO and is composed of senior risk
owners with direct oversight of the Group’s
seven Principal Risks. The IRC is tasked to
review, calibrate and map out the Group’s risk
landscape and may also provide additional
improvement opportunities around the
Group’s risk management practices.
Emerging risks
Other than Trainline’s Principal Risks, the
Board also considers potential emerging
risks and their impact on our operations.
The current geopolitical uncertainties may
have unforeseen impact on the political and
economic climate in our principal markets.
We continue to closely monitor emerging
risks around legislative changes in the
UK rail industry.
As a technology company, we are also faced
with potentially more sophisticated cyber
threats and continue to improve our
security posture and business resilience.
Though we believe the Group is well
positioned to take advantage of the increased
push for sustainable travel, there are potential
longer-term uncertainties around the climate-
related legislative agenda. Further information
on climate-related risks is available on page 54.
Probability of realisation of Trainlineʹs
principal risks
Moderate
High
Major
Moderate
significance
High significance
Major
significance
Principal risks heat map
Key
Regulatory and political environment
Market shock/economic disruption
Technology operations and security
Competitive landscape
People
Compliance
Supply and partnerships
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
39
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Principal risks and uncertainties
continued
1. Regulatory and political environment
Status:
The UK operating environment continues to see the opportunities and risks being created by industry reform in the sector. Whilst some uncertainty remains, the new Secretary of State
for Transport provided more clarity in his Bradshaw Address in February 2023 on the development of GBR as a central guiding mind. It was made clear that in the government’s pursuit of a reform
agenda, it expects a material enhancement of the role of the private sector including in the development of a competitive retail market to drive innovation. Trainline is already in the early stages of
consultation dialogue with industry stakeholders in relation to these themes. We now have a fully-resourced and dedicated regulatory team in place for the European markets and have been more
proactively engaging with relevant European Union (EU) institutions and stakeholders.
Description of risk
How we mitigate the risk
How we monitor the risk
Change
Trainline’s operations could be affected by policy
and legislative changes enacted by governments
and regulators.
Our results and performance may be negatively impacted
if unfavourable measures are implemented in our key
operating markets.
Trainline recognises the importance of developing strong and effective
relationships with governments and rail industry partners. The
Corporate Affairs team proactively engages with UK and EU national
governments, institutions and carrier partners as part of a structured
programme of stakeholder engagement. As part of our expansion in
new European markets, we have been more proactively engaging with
key stakeholders at European Union institutions and Member State
level. We have added the required regulatory expertise internally in
key capitals. For more information on our regulatory landscape, see
pages 16 and 17.
Our regulatory engagement is coordinated with our overall
communication and brand positioning to present a coherent message
to our audiences and industry stakeholders, for example developing
thought leadership in support of the ‘I Came By Train’ brand platform,
which was strongly welcomed by the UK government. We continue
to engage with rail industry stakeholders across UK and EU markets
through networking, organising and sponsoring industry events and
knowledge-sharing e.g., our proprietary data insights.
Through doing this, we ensure that Trainline’s external operating
environment remains as supportive as possible of our ambitions.
Programmatic engagement with key
industry partners and government
representatives with monitoring of
sentiment shifts. Our regulatory team
in the EU follows our engagement
framework and approach developed
in the UK
By utilising systematic monitoring
processes and in close cooperation
with our in-country legal advisers in
the EU, we track changes to laws and
regulations across key geographies in
which we operate
We undertake comprehensive risk
analysis and modelling, both in-house
and through specialist consultancies
We monitor public sentiment and
trends via polling, focus groups and
other methods
Link to strategic growth priorities:
Increase
Decrease
Remains the same
Key
Enhancing the
customer experience
Increase customer
lifetime value
Growing Trainline
Partner Solutions
Build
demand
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
40
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Principal risks and uncertainties
continued
2. Market shock/economic disruption
Status:
As the impact of Covid-19 has reduced across our markets, we have now consolidated the previously separate ‘Prolonged Covid-19 risk’ under this principal risk. The current geopolitical
uncertainties, inflationary pressures and the cost-of-living crisis in our principal markets in the UK and the EU may continue to negatively impact our customers and therefore our financial
performance. The preponderance of rail strikes across our major markets, especially the UK, may add additional disruption to our operations and could slow the post-Covid recovery of rail travel.
Description of risk
How we mitigate the risk
How we monitor the risk
Change
Though Trainline is not significantly exposed to inflation and
interest spikes directly, adverse economic conditions may impact
the spending power of our customers and may therefore affect our
financial results.
Significant geopolitical events or disruptions in our markets (e.g.,
rail strikes) could damage our operational results and profitability.
The Executive Team continues to closely monitor and assess
the potential impact of geopolitical trends and macroeconomic
pressures on the business. Detailed and timely metrics are in place
around customer and corporate travel spend and trends.
We conduct detailed and careful analysis and modelling of cash
balances and debt levels to ensure Trainline’s liquidity, access to
financial facilities and sustainable business operations all support
our long-term growth. As part of our robust strategic planning
and budgeting cycles, we continue to monitor and strengthen our
balance sheet to improve resilience.
Trainline has a large and diverse portfolio of investors, banks and
advisers, allowing us to maintain access to global capital markets
and funding.
Monitoring of financial
and investment markets
Investor engagement
Engagement with banking
and finance partners
Monitoring of our credit rating
Analysis of industry, economic
and financial drivers
Balance sheet reviews
and analytics
Link to strategic growth priorities:
Principal risks and uncertainties
continued
Increase
Decrease
Remains the same
Key
Enhancing the
customer experience
Increase customer
lifetime value
Growing Trainline
Partner Solutions
Build
demand
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
41
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Principal risks and uncertainties
continued
3. Technology operations and security
Status:
As an online retailing platform, our operations depend on the uptime, availability and security of our technology infrastructure, systems and key third-party relationships. Significant disruption
in service, including potential security breaches, could significantly impact our business, financial results and reputation. The fast-moving nature of security and cyber risks as well as increasing data
privacy concerns mean that Trainline will always face a level of vulnerability. We have expanded the scope of this risk from the previous ‘Information Security and Cybercrime’ principal risk.
Description of risk
How we mitigate the risk
How we monitor the risk
Change
As an online retailing platform, our operations depend
on the uptime, availability and security of our technology
infrastructure and systems. Significant disruptions to our
products and services, including potential security incidents,
could significantly impact our financial results and reputation.
As we work closely with key third-party technology service
providers, a potential failure or outage at these providers
may reverberate across our systems infrastructure and
product portfolio.
Any potential loss or compromise of our critical customer data
may also lead to significant financial penalties, and a loss of
employee and customer confidence.
Our Infrastructure and Operations teams have a formal Major Incident
Management framework in place, including an ‘on-call’ rota to provide
continuous monitoring coverage over our key systems, infrastructure and
mission-critical processes. Our ‘Cloud First’ strategy helps mitigate this risk.
Our Infrastructure and Platform operations jointly with our Security
practice continue to regularly review critical third-party technology
providers to assess service levels, resilience and security.
The Group’s cross-functional Security and Privacy Steering Committee
regularly reviews and monitors existing and emerging security threats as
well as our current mitigation strategies. The committee, including the
Data Privacy Officer (‘DPO’) also discusses privacy matters to confirm that
we continue to adhere to data privacy regulations across our markets.
All new Trainline employees are required to complete a cyber security
and privacy-related training course as part of their onboarding. The
Chief Information Security Officer (‘CISOʹ), Security and Privacy teams
provide additional periodic and, if required, targeted training to Trainline
employees to upskill and ensure good practices are followed.
Trainline is certified PCI Level 1 compliant. We have been awarded the ISO
22301 certification and are in the process of obtaining ISO 27001 for the
business. These international standards around business resilience and
information systems management, respectively, require us to continuously
monitor, review and improve the relevant controls and practices.
For more information on our technology, see pages 22 and 23.
On-call technical teams as
part of the Major Incident
Management framework
Regular, independent review
of detection and prevention
systems/process operating
effectiveness and
remedial activity
Our dedicated Data Privacy
team works across the
business to continue to
monitor and advise on the use
and treatment of personally
identifiable information
Annual targeted
threat assessments
Threat and vulnerability
monitoring by cross-
functional, executive-level
committees
Link to strategic growth priorities:
Increase
Decrease
Remains the same
Key
Enhancing the
customer experience
Increase customer
lifetime value
Growing Trainline
Partner Solutions
Build
demand
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
42
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Principal risks and uncertainties
continued
4. Competitive landscape
Status:
There is an increasingly competitive online travel environment as existing travel service providers continuously improve their offerings and new disruptive technologies may emerge. As we
expand our footprint in European markets, we continue to localise our branding strategies and product offering and add local marketing and branding expertise. We have successfully launched our
‘I Came By Train’ brand platform in the UK. We closely monitor our markets and proactively manage our product portfolio.
Description of risk
How we mitigate the risk
How we monitor the risk
Change
As we operate in the fast-moving technology sector, we are
faced with new and emerging technologies as well as new
entrants in our markets.
As part of our international expansion in Europe, we
undertake targeted branding and marketing activities. If these
campaigns were to be unsuccessful, our long-term expansion
and growth strategy may be at risk.
Failure to ensure that our technology and user experience
meet the needs of our customers and that Trainline’s offering
remains ahead of competitor products could have an adverse
impact on our results.
Our leadership team, our exceptional team of c.500 engineers, data
and technology specialists, strong industry networks and agile way
of working help ensure that we remain innovative.
We undertake regular customer, market and competitor analyses to
identify and assess potential competitive threats and opportunities.
We continue to closely monitor entrants in the ‘Mobility as a Service’
market and, if deemed to be the right strategic fit, may consider
potential partnership opportunities.
As part of our mission to grow awareness of the sustainability of rail
travel compared to car and air, and ultimately to grow the rail industry,
we launched the ‘I Came By Train’ brand platform in the UK. Specific
brand awareness campaigns have been launched in France, Italy and
Spain. We have also expanded our teams in these markets to provide
local know-how and expertise. For more information on the ‘I Came By
Train’ brand platform, please see page 10.
We have a robust and well-defined product strategy and roadmap that
aims to address evolving customer trends. We have plans to trial and
launch industry-leading contactless ticketing capabilities within our
mobile application.
Monitoring and analysis of
competitor behaviour and
industry landscape
Clearly defined performance
indicators to monitor customer
statistics and customer
lifetime value
Robust and data-driven
branding and marketing
programmes designed to
support strategic objectives
Link to strategic growth priorities:
Increase
Decrease
Remains the same
Key
Enhancing the
customer experience
Increase customer
lifetime value
Growing Trainline
Partner Solutions
Build
demand
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
43
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Principal risks and uncertainties
continued
5. People
Status:
As a fast-growing technology business, attracting and retaining the best talent is a critical element of our strategy. Even with the recent wave of redundancies at large global technology
businesses, the technology talent market remains competitive. Our technology hub in Barcelona, Spain with a dedicated team of c.35 engineers and developers is now fully operational.
Description of risk
How we mitigate the risk
How we monitor the risk
Change
Trainline’s business depends on hiring and retaining first-class
talent in the highly competitive technology industry. Inability
to attract and retain critical skills and capabilities could hinder
our ability to deliver on our strategic objectives.
We work hard to develop and sustain our highly collaborative, agile and
innovative culture, which incorporates the wellbeing and professional
development of team members across each site. We continue to build
capabilities and grow our teams in our key markets, in particular our
Engineering, Data, Marketing, Industry and Government Relations teams.
Organisational reviews are undertaken on a regular basis to ensure that
teams are built to succeed and that we remain competitive to retain
and attract talent. We continue to place a high priority on the mental
health and wellbeing of our people through our well-developed and
continuously improving wellbeing initiatives.
We have launched an ambitious programme as part of which each
Trainliner was awarded Trainline shares. In light of the cost-of-living
crisis, we have also provided a one-off payment to all Trainliners,
excluding our Executive Leadership team.
The implementation of a new, dedicated recruiting, onboarding and
talent management system enables us to more proactively manage
our engagement with potential candidates and with current Trainliners.
For more information on our people and culture, please see page 47.
We conduct regular employee
engagement surveys (‘Have
Your Say’), monitor and act
on employee feedback
Regretted attrition
rate monitoring
External benchmarking
Link to strategic growth priorities:
Increase
Decrease
Remains the same
Key
Enhancing the
customer experience
Increase customer
lifetime value
Growing Trainline
Partner Solutions
Build
demand
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
44
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Principal risks and uncertainties
continued
6. Compliance
Status:
The Group has maintained its focus on compliance and has continued to recruit, train and deploy legal professionals in our key markets in the UK and the EU. We have continued to
proactively provide relevant compliance training and refreshers to Trainliners.
Description of risk
How we mitigate the risk
How we monitor the risk
Change
The Group works within various licence terms and with
licensing bodies and regulatory structures in order that it may
retail rail and coach tickets to customers across the world.
Should Trainline not comply with licences, legislation,
regulatory requirements or other such frameworks, this could
affect the Group’s ability to conduct business operations and
its reputation with customers.
We take a comprehensive and robust approach to compliance. We have
dedicated staff and teams in place, who help to track and monitor legal,
contractual and regulatory compliance requirements in each market
where we operate.
We have dedicated learning resources and courses in place for training
on compliance topics. Security, privacy and data, as well as corporate
hospitality, bribery, gifting and political and charitable donation-related
compliance trainings are mandatory. We also ensure that additional
training is provided to team members relative to their roles. We run
refresher training to reinforce our commitment to compliance.
We operate a whistleblowing policy, whereby any Trainline employee
can quickly and confidentially raise concerns and feedback through an
appropriate, third-party hotline/email. All reported cases are formally
investigated and reported on to Trainline’s Audit and Risk Committee.
Trainline is committed to being a responsible taxpayer acting in
a transparent manner. Our detailed tax strategy includes further
transparency on our approach to risk management, compliance and
governance, as approved by the Board.
Under our licence obligations and other regulatory requirements,
we are subject to regular or ad hoc third-party compliance reviews.
The results of these reviews are formally communicated to the
Audit and Risk Committee.
Regular assessment of
laws and regulations
across key geographies
in which we operate
Monitoring of customer,
industry and Board concerns
Audit and Risk Committee
reviews of compliance processes
Formal review and assessment
of whistleblowing cases received
Link to strategic growth priorities:
Increase
Decrease
Remains the same
Key
Enhancing the
customer experience
Increase customer
lifetime value
Growing Trainline
Partner Solutions
Build
demand
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
45
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Principal risks and uncertainties
continued
7. Supply and partnerships
Status:
The successful execution of our strategy is reliant upon retaining existing licences and commercial agreements with our rail and coach operating partners, and continuing to add new
carriers to our network. Access to secure, reliable and timely data from our carrier partners remains a critical element in our operating model.
Description of risk
How we mitigate the risk
How we monitor the risk
Change
Trainline retails rail and coach tickets across many countries
and to customers across the world. We therefore rely on
secure, reliable and timely data from our rail and coach
carrier partners.
A unilateral termination or amendment by a rail or coach
carrier of the contractual and licence terms, including a
significant reduction in our commissions or the availability
of timely carrier data, would have a material impact on our
operations and financial results.
We have dedicated senior carrier relationship teams in place in the UK
and the EU, who are closely engaged with our rail and coach operating
partners across all geographies in which we operate.
In cooperation with our Regulatory and Industry Relations teams, we
work closely with key governmental, trade and rail industry bodies across
our key markets.
Long-standing relationships
with key rail industry
stakeholders and with
our carrier partners
Highly experienced Supply and
Government Relations teams in
the UK and EU, responsible for
monitoring and responding to
the needs of our partners, as
well as identifying new supply
opportunities
Link to strategic growth priorities:
Increase
Decrease
Remains the same
Key
Enhancing the
customer experience
Increase customer
lifetime value
Growing Trainline
Partner Solutions
Build
demand
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
46
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Our People and Culture
Our People are at the
heart of our business
It’s our innovative team accomplishing brilliant things every day that makes it
simpler, easier and greener for people to plan their journeys and see the world.
c.950
Employees
Diversity and Inclusion
Our approach to diversity, inclusion and belonging
focuses on removing barriers, creating connections
and being a place where everyone can belong and
thrive. We have formed a Diversity and Inclusion
Steering Committee with members of our Employee
Networks, Management Team and People Team who
meet quarterly to discuss progress against our diversity
and inclusion KPIs.
Ethnicity
Percentage of Early Career Hires identifying as an ethnic
minority is 67%.
We will continue to encourage our
People to voluntarily share their ethnicity with us so
that they can all belong and thrive at Trainline. At this
time we do not have sufficient data to give a meaningful
disclosure on our other groups.
1
Percentage of Early Career Hires identifying as an ethnic minority is 67%.
This metric was subject to external independent limited assurance procedures by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (‘PwC’). For the results of that assurance, see PwC’s assurance
report: https://www.trainlinegroup.com/FY2023ethnicityassurance and Trainline’s FY2023 Ethnicity Reporting Criteria: https://www.trainlinegroup.com/FY2023ethnicity
2
Early career hires are the members of our apprentice programme. Ethnic minority is defined as those who identify as Asian, Black, Mixed or Other. In the current reporting period the population of Early Career Hires is twelve. Six Early Career Hires
responded to the ethnicity survey by 18 April 2023 to voluntarily disclose their ethnicity but the other six Early Career Hires did not and are not therefore included in this metric. Ethnicity data is provided by our People on a voluntary basis and is therefore
indicative only of those who voluntarily disclosed their ethnicity as defined in the UK Government agreed list of ethnic groups which is available here: https://www.ethnicity-facts-figures.service.gov.uk/style-guide/ethnic-groups
Male
Female
We have continued growing and developing our team, cementing Trainline as a tech hub in Barcelona and as a leading employer of technology talent in London with an offer
acceptance of over 84%. We have also seen the benefit of our continued focus on our People with our employee engagement score increasing to 74% and an attrition rate of 18%.
123
Promotions
60
Nationalities
c.500
Engineers, data and tech specialists
Diversity
Gender
Management
team
Women in
technical roles
Senior
leadership
Junior
leadership
70%
62%
38%
67%
33%
22%
78%
30%
Asian
Black
White
Ethnicity of Early Career Hires
1,2
Early Career Hires
50%
17%
33%
All our
people
38%
62%
Early Career
Hires
50%
50%
600
366
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
47
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Our first ever Trainline Hackathon was one of the
highlights of the year with hundreds of our People
coming together to explore and build innovative new
features and infrastructural improvements to our tech
and product. A few of these have since been launched,
and more are on the roadmap – I couldn’t be prouder
of what the team delivered in such a short time”
Milena Nikolic, Chief Technology Officer
Think Big
We are proud of the bright minds that work here at Trainline, constantly innovating, problem-solving and obsessing over
making our customer experience ever better. We celebrate new ideas and encourage our People to stretch their minds,
share their knowledge and be inspired.
First Trainline Hackathon
This year we hosted our first ever Hackathon,
with our teams coming together over 48
hours to work on exciting ideas that could
have a big impact for our customers and
Trainline, for example, our ‘Where Next’
feature which enables customers to search
for a destination door-to-door and includes
VoiceOver support to provide accessibility
for those with impaired vision.
Learning festival
Another first this year was our learning
festival. A series of workshops, panels and
networking opportunities available to all our
People, focused on equipping individuals
with the skills and knowledge they need to
take ownership of their careers and achieve
their goals.
Our People and culture
Tech Summit
Our annual Tech Summit featured
presentations from our People and external
experts on all things tech, product and
data. Through a series of talks, panels
and workshops, our teams shared their
knowledge and experiences, inspiring each
other to grow professionally. This year we
also introduced ‘unconference’ sessions,
giving our People the opportunity to climb
into the driving seat and steer conversations
around the things that matter most to them,
covering everything from technology to
career development.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
48
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Since joining Trainline in early 2018, I’ve had five roles
all within the SEO team, before achieving the Head
of SEO promotion in April 2022 where I now lead the
SEO team. I see five key components in my journey
so far; having multiple mentors, building personal
development plans to uncover learning areas at each
stage, continually asking for feedback, supportive
managers, and a culture of growth. It’s a testament
to the culture at Trainline that I’ve been able to
progress my career here year after year”
Dave Lewis, Head of SEO
Own it
High performance culture
We have continued to integrate Objectives
and Key Results (‘OKRs’) as our goal setting
methodology, helping our People and teams
stay connected and aligned to our business
objectives. In turn this allows our People
to track how they are contributing to our
success, increasing job satisfaction and
engagement, which is key to the
execution of our strategy.
Growing a career
Career opportunities have been a particular
focus this year, acting upon feedback from
our People in our employee engagement
survey. We are launching Career Pathways
across Trainline to provide our People
with transparency regarding the skills and
behaviours needed to progress, identify
where they are now and the actions they
need to take, empowering them to take
ownership of their career.
Our People and culture
Supporting our managers
Our New Manager accelerator programme
continues to set newly hired or promoted
managers up for success through coaching
from our experienced Management Team.
This year we also launched LEAD, our new
manager capability programme designed
to give managers the skills and expertise
they need to lead their teams, and partnered
with a leading training provider to deliver
skills workshops.
Investing in our Technology teams
Supporting our thriving Tech community with
events, resources and tools to keep building
world-class talent is key. We’ve grown our
partnerships with some of the leading
technology-focused capability platforms
to ensure we are building the cutting-edge
skills required to keep our teams at the
forefront of developments in technology.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
49
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Do Good
Our people are inspired by our purpose-led culture and energised by each other.
I couldn’t be more proud of our ability to attract world-class talent, retain our
existing talent and drive engagement, delivering business growth whilst also
doing good for our planet”
Lisa Hillier, Chief People Officer
Greener workplaces
Reducing the environmental impact of
our offices has been a continued focus for
us. Our office suppliers are continuously
reviewed and updated in line with our rising
sustainability standards, and in FY2023 we’ve
launched initiatives across our offices to
reduce water usage, electrical consumption
and waste production.
Giving back
Future Frontiers, Ada Tech School, onHand
and Railway Children are partners that we are
proud to work with, helping us support our
communities and champion future talent.
Inspiring
To do our part in fulfilling potential we
partnered with the award-winning charity,
Future Frontiers, to help equip students
from disadvantaged backgrounds with the
information, skills and mindset to achieve
their career aspirations. Since our partnership
began, our teams in London and Edinburgh
have mentored more than 180 secondary
school students, encouraging them to dream
big, explore opportunities and achieve their
career aspirations.
Educating
Tackling gender imbalance and championing
talent within the tech industry is a core
focus for Trainline. Women represent only
26% of professionals in the tech sector, of
which only 11% are in leadership positions.
We believe the key is to inspire women to
choose a career in tech from an early stage.
One of our partners, the Ada Tech School in
Paris, enables us to support young people’s
aspirations to become developers.
Supporting
Across the world many children are forced
to find refuge in railway stations. For many
years we’ve partnered with and supported
Railway Children, the charity that provides
safety, protection and opportunity for
these vulnerable young people. Through
our fundraising activities we help Railway
Children continue the fundamental work
they do for some of the most vulnerable
in our societies.
Our People and culture
Communication and engagement
Our sustainability-led purpose continues to
be at the forefront of regular communications
with our People and inspires our programme
of sustainability-focussed events. This included
our Do Good Week in November 2022, which
was dedicated to bringing our purpose to life
and putting our Do Good value into action to
benefit our local communities through food
bank collections and volunteering events
supporting homeless charities, vulnerable
mothers and children and more.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
50
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Travel Together
TrainFest
For the first time since Covid-19 we brought
all our People together from all locations for
our TrainFest event in order to celebrate our
history, grow connections with each other,
the business and our customers; and inspire
our teams for the journey ahead.
The event also gave us the opportunity
to celebrate our high-performing People
through our biannual Trainliner Awards.
These awards recognise people who have
gone above and beyond, and been true role
models of our values.
Cost-of-living support
To help our People with rising living costs,
we gave all employees, excluding our
Management Team, a £2,000 cost-of-living
bonus, had a money saving expert lead a
session on making money go further and
offered support to those whose mental
health has been challenged.
The Management Team did not receive the
cost-of-living award and instead Trainline
donated the equivalent amount to the
Trussell Trust to give food banks some
much needed support in helping to provide
essential supplies to people in need.
Hiring
Our recruitment team has received training
in inclusive candidate sourcing, we utilise
diversity and inclusion applicant surveys to
help us understand more about the people
who apply to roles and we are committed
to gender-balanced shortlists for all
leadership positions.
Gender equality
Our efforts to improve female representation
in tech continue to make progress with
female senior leadership representation
at Trainline rising 10% during the year.
We take part in events to help us attract
more women to apply for roles at Trainline,
including Athena Hack and Women of Silicon
Roundabout, where our Chief Technology
Officer, Milena Nikolic, was a keynote speaker.
Our Women’s Leadership Network hosts
informal networking lunches with our Gender
Equality Network to share their experience of
working at Trainline.
Family friendly
Family friendly policies that are both
supportive and competitive help us increase
diversity and inclusivity and attract and retain
talent. This year we enhanced our primary
caregiver, fertility and baby loss policies to
provide even greater support.
Inclusive foundations
We have developed new Group policies to
ensure all our People know what is expected
of them in creating an inclusive environment
for all, including a transgender inclusion
policy with gender neutral bathrooms
provided in our London office.
Our People and culture
Early careers
We provide early career opportunities to
a diverse group of young people from
underrepresented communities, this year
growing our apprenticeship programme by
33%. Alongside their formal apprenticeship
programme in partnership with Multiverse,
they take part in an internal development
programme and meet quarterly with our
Management Team.
People Led Groups
People Led Groups (‘PLGs’) play a key role
in our diversity and inclusion agenda as
inclusive communities developed and
led by our People with sponsorship and
support from senior leaders. They are
all about empowering and supporting
underrepresented groups, by providing
a safe space to talk, a place to come up
with new ideas and a channel for voices
to be heard.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
51
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
TCFD and SASB disclosures
Task Force on Climate-related
Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’)
We have structured this report in line
with the four core themes and the eleven
recommended TCFD disclosures. In
implementing the TCFD framework we
have provided a summary of the actions
we have taken to review the key risks and
opportunities arising from climate change
and the transition to a lower-carbon economy
and their potential impacts on Trainline.
Trainline is a supporter of TCFD.
Due to the nature of our business, Trainline
has inherently lower direct carbon emissions
compared to other business sectors with a
significant proportion of our greenhouse
gas (‘GHG’) emissions arising from the use
of third-party cloud computing services and
digital marketing. We have limited ability
to influence the emissions created by these
third parties but we actively engage with our
largest suppliers to encourage transparent
emissions reporting and the transition to
renewable energy sources and we welcome
the progress being made by our suppliers in
achieving their carbon emission reduction
targets. Whilst the GHG emissions we have
direct control over, from the operation of our
office spaces, are not substantial, we have
continued to take steps during the year to
reduce them and are developing plans to
accelerate this reduction.
TCFD Compliance Statement
We have set out below our climate-
related financial disclosures that are
consistent with all four themes and eleven
recommended disclosures from Section
C of the Annex entitled ‘Implementing
the Recommendations of the Task Force
on Climate-related Financial Disclosures’,
published in October 2021 by the TCFD.
Reducing our carbon footprint
Office
We have continued to take steps to reduce
the environmental impact of our workplaces
during the year including:
• switching to more sustainable suppliers
and more efficiently organising deliveries;
• transitioning the Paris office to LED
lighting; and
• increasing the office infrastructure that is
switched off outside of working hours.
Infrastructure
Our extensive use of cloud computing
services is more environmentally sustainable,
up to five times more energy efficient,
according to Amazon Web Services, than
utilising equivalent on-premises data centres.
We intend to continue migrating to cloud
computing services when opportunities
arise to do so.
People
We have educated our People in how
to reduce their environmental impact by
welcoming inspirational guest speakers to
discuss sustainability, provided guidance and
knowledge via our learning and development
platform and given them opportunities for
direct action to benefit the environment in
our local communities.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
52
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
TCFD and SASB disclosures
continued
Governance
Our governance for climate-related risks and opportunities:
TCFD recommendation
How we apply the recommendation
Describe the Board’s
oversight of climate-related
risks and opportunities
The Board is ultimately responsible for Trainline’s strategy and approach to
climate-related risks and opportunities and is particularly focused on the steps
we can take to promote the sustainability of rail and the implementation of the
sustainability strategy.
During the year the Board received updates on the execution of our sustainability
strategy, the implementation of sustainability elements into our products, and
the progress made to leverage the opportunities arising from the transition
to a lower-carbon economy.
The Board also monitored Trainline’s climate-related risks, and the continued
importance of sustainability to our stakeholders and their particular focuses.
Updates on these matters will continue to form part of the Board’s annual
agenda to enable it to monitor and oversee progress.
Describe management’s
role in assessing and
managing climate-related
risks and opportunities
The CEO is ultimately responsible for delivering Trainline’s sustainability strategy
and reports to the Board on sustainability matters.
The CEO is supported by the Sustainability Steering Committee (the ‘Committee’)
which is responsible for developing and managing delivery of the sustainability
strategy and identifying climate-related risks and opportunities.
The Committee is chaired by the Chief Product Officer and includes senior members
of teams that are crucial to the success of the sustainability strategy. The Committee
provides updates to the Management Team via monthly team meetings.
In turn, the Sustainability Delivery Group reports to the Committee and is responsible
for executing the sustainability strategy. The Sustainability Delivery Group is made up
of representatives from the teams executing the sustainability strategy.
Strategy
Our climate-related risks and opportunities:
TCFD recommendation
How we apply the recommendation
Describe the climate-related
risks and opportunities the
organisation has identified
over the short, medium and
long term
Transport is the largest emitting sector of GHG emissions in the UK and the second
largest in the EU. The transition to a lower-carbon economy will require increasing
use of rail and coach, which in turn provides opportunities for Trainline over the
short, medium and long term. Further information on these opportunities is
available on pages 8 and 9.
The Committee has identified and considered a number of climate-related risks that
are relevant to Trainline, in particular:
Short-term (0-5 years)
Policy and Legal: policies and legal requirements in relation to climate-related
matters continue to develop as the significance and need for action grows. We
operate in a lower-carbon-intense industry so we do not currently expect related
policy and legal changes to have a negative material financial impact on Trainline
(<1% of annual revenue), however, we recognise the need to continually monitor
developments in this area to ensure we remain compliant.
Technology: no fundamental technology issues arising from climate-related
risks have been identified but we have noted the current market difficulties in
hiring people with relevant skills and experience and the potential need to invest
further in developing our technology platform and data to enhance Trainline’s
sustainability offering to our customers.
Reputational: as sustainability is a key part of our purpose there is reputational
risk to Trainline that could arise as a result of us failing to live up to our purpose
and through poor execution of our sustainability strategy.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
53
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
TCFD recommendation
How we apply the recommendation
Describe the climate-related
risks and opportunities the
organisation has identified
over the short, medium and
long term (continued)
Medium-term (5-10 years)
Market: the transition to a lower-carbon economy and the resulting requirement
for increased use of rail and coach is fundamentally an opportunity for Trainline,
however, there is the risk of increased competition as the size of the market
opportunity increases, in particular if we fail to execute our strategy.
Long-term (10+ years)
Acute and chronic physical risks: risks to Trainline’s day-to-day operations are
minimal as we operate via a relatively small office footprint and have a proven
ability to transition to remote working rapidly when required. Expected increases
in extreme weather events arising from climate change would result in increased
disruption or cancellation of rail services which could cause short-term pressure on
customer service capacity.
Long-term (10+ years) continued
Industry policies, particularly relating to the handling of physical tickets for
processing refunds, could also be disrupted should an extreme weather event impact
postal services or our Edinburgh office. However, we are well placed to mitigate
these risks due to the declining use of paper tickets and our investment in simple
automated processes that are available to our customers in our app and website.
The above risks were included in the FY2023 risk management process. All were
assessed to have no material potential financial impact (<1% of annual revenue) or
require additional responses or mitigations at this time. The process to assess climate-
related risks will develop as our ability to analyse them matures in the coming years.
Describe the impact of
climate-related risks and
opportunities on the
organisation’s business,
strategy and financial
planning
Our purpose is anchored in environmental sustainability and as a result climate-
related risks and opportunities potentially impact all areas of our business.
During FY2023 this included:
supporting the launch of I came by train, a campaign designed to encourage modal
shift and generate interest in switching one journey per year from plane or car to train;
continuing to make green product features and content more accessible and
transparent on our platform;
retaining sustainability as one of our Objectives and Key Results; and
using our brand recognition to champion rail as the future of sustainable travel.
Describe the resilience of
the organisation’s strategy,
taking into consideration
different climate-related
scenarios, including a
2°C or lower scenario
When considering the following scenarios, the Network Rail Third Adaptation Report
and the Climate Change Committee Independent Assessment of UK Climate Risk
were used to help qualitatively determine the impact of each scenario on Trainline.
The increased use of rail and coach required for the transition to a lower-carbon
economy consistent with a 2°C or lower scenario would create a larger and expanded
market which is a strategic opportunity for Trainline. We closely monitor policy
and legal developments related to rail and frequently engage with regulators and
policymakers on rail industry policy so are well placed to understand the impact
of developments and identify opportunities. Whilst there would be risks that arise
from this scenario they would be predominantly mitigated through the successful
execution of our strategic goals.
A climate-related scenario resulting in a 4°C or more scenario in which the modal shift
from cars and planes to rail and coach does not occur would not materially impact
Trainline’s strategy as the long-term structural tailwinds for the business would
endure, in particular the transition to online and digital ticketing. There would be
increased risk of short-term pressure on customer service capacity due to increased
disruption and cancellation of rail services arising from extreme weather events but
this would be partially mitigated by our investment in simple automated processes
that are available to our customers in our app and website.
TCFD and SASB disclosures
continued
Strategy
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
54
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Risk management
Our risk management process for climate-related risks:
TCFD recommendation
How we apply the recommendation
Describe the organisation’s
process for identifying
and assessing climate-
related risks
The Committee meets to discuss our sustainability strategy and
climate-related matters.
These meetings help to identify relevant climate-related risks that are then assessed
by the Committee.
Describe the organisation’s
process for managing
climate-related risks
As part of its assessment of climate-related risks the Committee considers:
the probability and significance of each climate-related risk identified; and the
mitigants in place, their suitability and appropriate actions where required. The
Committee utilises the expertise of its members and external service providers to
determine the materiality of identified climate-related risks.
If an identified climate-related risk is deemed to have a high probability and/or
significance, the Committee will consider appropriate actions that can be taken to
introduce optimal controls and/or mitigants. The Committee will then report to the
Management Team in line with the wider risk management framework.
Describe how processes for
identifying, assessing and
managing climate-related
risks are integrated into
the organisation’s overall
risk management
A member of the Committee is also a member of the Internal Risk Committee to
ensure the Internal Risk Committee has relevant expertise on climate-related matters.
More detail on our risk management framework is available on page 38.
Metrics and targets
Our climate-related metrics and targets:
TCFD recommendation
How we apply the recommendation
Disclose the metrics used
by the organisation to
assess climate-related risks
and opportunities in line
with its strategy and risk
management process
Our ability to meet our net zero commitment is partly dependent on European
governments and our suppliers meeting their own net zero commitments, in
particular Amazon Web Services’ (‘AWS’) commitment to power their operations
with 100% renewable energy by 2025 and Google’s commitment to operate on
carbon-free energy by 2030.
Whilst our ability to influence our suppliers is limited, we actively engage with our
largest suppliers to encourage transparent emissions reporting in accordance with
our supplier code of conduct and welcome the progress they are making towards
their carbon emission reduction targets. During FY2023, we have worked with some
of our top suppliers to more accurately model our digital marketing emissions, which
represent c.20% of our Scope 3 purchased goods and services emissions, and are
collaborating with them on our SBTi application.
Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2
and, if appropriate, Scope
3 greenhouse gas (‘GHG’)
emissions and the
related risks
This is Trainline’s fourth year of Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting
(‘SECR’) reporting. In alignment with SECR reporting requirements, emissions
have been reported on a ‘like-for-like’ basis with the previous year’s data for
comparative purposes.
During FY2023, we modelled both our near-term and long-term science based
targets and created a robust reduction strategy which we intend to submit to the
SBTi in 2023. We are in the process of independently assuring our FY2023 Scope 3
greenhouse gas inventory and we intend to publish this on our investor relations
site during FY2024.
TCFD and SASB disclosures
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
55
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
TCFD and SASB disclosures
continued
Scope:
The data detailed in the table
represents emissions and energy use for
which Trainline is responsible, including
energy use in offices: gas (Scope 1), and
electricity (Scope 2). We are in the process of
independently assuring our FY2023 Scope
3 greenhouse gas inventory and we intend
to publish this on our investor relations site
during FY2024.
Methodology:
As a large, quoted company,
Trainline is required to report its energy use
and carbon emissions in accordance with the
Companies (Directors’ Report) and Limited
Liability Partnerships (Energy and Carbon
Report) Regulations 2018. Trainline has used
the main requirements of the Greenhouse
Gas Protocol Corporate Standard to calculate
our emissions, along with the UK Government
GHG Conversion Factors for Company
Reporting 2022 and the IEA Emissions
Factors 2022.
The sum of all emissions included within this
report are for the reporting period 1 March
2022 to 28 Feb 2023.
The Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions for
FY2023 have been independently assured.
Omissions and estimates:
Estimations were
made where no data was provided. Where
gaps were observed in annual single data
sets, estimates were based upon actual
data and extrapolations made.
Where no annual data was provided
estimations were used either based upon
previous years’ reported data or calculated
using best available benchmarks for office
environmental benchmarks.
Energy efficiency actions:
See page 52
for an overview of the actions we have taken
during the reporting period 1 March 2022 to
28 February 2023.
Current reporting year FY2023
Previous reporting year FY2022
UK
Global
UK
Global
Emissions from activities which the company owns or controls including combustion of fuel & operation of facilities (Scope 1)/tCO
2
e
111.27
59.12
Emissions from the purchase of electricity, heat, steam and cooling purchased for own use (Scope 2, location-based)/tCO
2
e
213.10
2.94
169.40
3.71
Emissions from the purchase of electricity, heat, steam and cooling purchased for own use (Scope 2, market-based)/tCO
2
e
3.49
Total gross Scope 1 & Scope 2 emissions/tCO
2
e
324.37
2.94
228.52
3.71
Total energy consumption used to calculate emissions in kWh
1,711,514
71,842
1,118,451
69,334
Intensity ratio: tCO
2
e gross figure based from mandatory fields above/m2 of office space
0.05
0.002
0.05
0.002
Intensity ratio: tCO
2
e gross figure based from mandatory fields above/FTE
0.40
0.02
0.35
0.07
SECR global GHG emissions and energy use data
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
56
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
TCFD and SASB disclosures
continued
SASB Accounting Metric
SASB code
Trainline Disclosure
(1) Total energy consumed, (2) percentage
grid electricity, (3) percentage renewable
TC-IM-130a.1
1) Electricity: 1,173,804kWh, Gas: 609,552kWh; 2) 66%; and 3) 62%.
(1) Total water withdrawn, (2) total water consumed,
percentage of each in regions with High or Extremely
High Baseline Water Stress
TC-IM-130a.2
1) 13,459m3; 2) Trainline does not track where water is withdrawn.
Discussion of the integration of environmental
considerations into strategic planning for data
centre needs
TC-IM-130a.3
Environmental considerations are incorporated into our procurement process. Trainline has prioritised providers that have long-
term commitments to use 100% renewable energy and which are able to leverage economies of scale to significantly reduce carbon
emissions compared to typical business infrastructure.
Description of policies and practices relating
to behavioural advertising and user privacy
TC-IM-220a.1
Trainline recognises the importance of information security and privacy for Trainline’s business. The Company has a Chief
Information Security Officer who oversees dedicated teams responsible for information security and privacy, including the Data
Protection Officer. In order to prepare for and respond to information security and privacy issues, Trainline maintains a programme
that is designed to protect and preserve the confidentiality, integrity and availability of all information owned by, or in the care of,
Trainline. Trainline does not have policies relating to behavioural advertising.
Number of users whose information is used for
secondary purposes
TC-IM-220a.2
Where personal data is processed, Trainline protects it along its lifecycle by ensuring appropriate policies and processes are
in place. We provide transparency to customers and staff via published privacy and cookies notices. We use privacy impact
assessments in order to assess any level of risk involved in new or novel processing activities. As soon as personal data is no longer
required for provision of services offered or for legal or regulatory requirements that we are subject to, we make sure it’s either
deleted or anonymised. Trainline does not sell user data to third parties.
Total amount of monetary losses as a result of legal
proceedings associated with user privacy
TC-IM-220a.3
Trainline does not disclose this.
Entity-defined measure of user activity
TC-IM-000.A
We disclose our Net Ticket Sales on page 1.
SASB Index 2023
Trainline is committed to transparent reporting to provide our stakeholders with a comprehensive overview of the Environmental, Social and Governance (‘ESG’) metrics that are
material to our business. As such we have aligned the below disclosures to the SASB Internet and Media Services standards for the Group, covering our activities during FY2023.
Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (‘SASB’) Disclosures
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
57
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
TCFD and SASB disclosures
continued
SASB Accounting Metric
SASB code
Trainline Disclosure
(1) Number of law enforcement requests for user
information, (2) number of users whose information
was requested, (3) percentage resulting in disclosure
TC-IM-220a.4
1) 568 (1,305 in FY2022). 2) Trainline does not track this metric. 3) Trainline complies with 100% of requests from law enforcement
and discloses the requested information. Each disclosure is considered in accordance with internal process and disclosures are only
made where there is a lawful basis to do so and it is considered proportionate in relation to the rights and freedoms of the affected
user, for example for the prevention of suspected fraud.
List of countries where core products or services are
subject to government-required monitoring, blocking,
content filtering, or censoring
TC-IM-220a.5
Trainline does not operate in countries where core products or services are subject to government-required monitoring, blocking,
content filtering, or censoring.
Number of government requests to remove content,
percentage compliance with requests
TC-IM-220a.6
There have been no government requests for Trainline to remove content.
(1) Number of data breaches, (2) percentage involving
personally identifiable information (‘PII’), (3) number of
users affected
TC-IM-230a.1
Trainline had no personal data breaches that have met the formal threshold for notification to regulatory bodies in this last year.
Description of approach to identifying and addressing
data security risks, including use of third-party
cybersecurity standards
TC-IM-230a.2
Trainline maintains a suite of information security and privacy related policies, standards, procedures, and guidelines, specifically
leveraging accepted industry frameworks such as the PCI DSS security standards. The Company has a Chief Information Security
Officer who oversees dedicated teams responsible for information security and privacy, including the Data Protection Officer.
For more information see page 42.
Percentage of employees that are foreign nationals
TC-IM-330a.1
7% of all employees (5% in FY2022). Trainline works closely with external legal counsel to ensure sponsorship requirements are met
for all visa-holding employees working within the jurisdictions where Trainline operates.
Employee engagement as a percentage
TC-IM-330a.2
Trainline conducted an all-employee engagement questionnaire in which 87% of respondents noted that they were proud to work
at Trainline (FY2022: 83%). Our overall engagement score increased to 74% (65% in FY2022)
Percentage of gender and racial/ethnic group
representation for (1) management, (2) technical staff,
and (3) all other employees
TC-IM-330a.3
We disclose this on page 47. Trainline has chosen not to disclose racial/ethnic group representation metrics for FY2023 due to legal
restrictions on the ability to gather a reliable dataset of such information.
Total amount of monetary losses as a result of legal
proceedings associated with anti-competitive
behaviour regulations
TC-IM-520a.1
Trainline has not been subject to legal proceedings associated with anti-competitive behaviours and as a result has not suffered
any losses nor has it had to take any actions (such as changes in operations, management etc).
(1) Data processing capacity, (2) percentage outsourced
TC-IM-000.B
Omitted as privileged and confidential.
(1) Amount of data storage,
(2) percentage outsourced
TC-IM-000.C
Omitted as privileged and confidential.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
58
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
At Trainline, engaging with our
stakeholders is integral to how we
achieve our purpose and strategy.
Stakeholder engagement
Stakeholder engagement & section 172 statement
Through timely and proactive engagement
with our stakeholders, we aim to provide the
best possible experience for our customers,
support and promote the industry and
generate sustainable value and growth
in our business.
Our key stakeholders and their significance
What is important to them
Engagement
Board engagement
1. Our customers
Customer experience is at the heart of Trainline’s
business. Understanding our customers’ travel
needs is key to us delivering and continually
improving our best-in-class product experience.
Link to strategic growth priorities:
Accessing the latest information on their
planned journey and understanding its
environmental impact.
Finding the cheapest, fastest and most convenient
tickets for their journeys, saving them money,
time and hassle.
A secure, reliable and robust product experience.
Greater accessibility to more sustainable modes
of transport.
We spend as much time as possible engaging
with and learning from our customers. Our
quarterly customer barometer programme and
our customer experience programme help us
understand how well we’re serving our customers
across their purchase and travel experience and
where they want us to improve.
We also undertake targeted research to better
understand specific issues and markets.
All this helps Trainline continue to be Europe’s
leading independent rail platform with a 4.9/5
star app rating.
The Board are active users of Trainline
and also receive regular updates on our
customers, in particular:
their needs and key trends as they feel
the impact of the rising cost of living
and changes in work habits; and
• the successes and learnings from new
products and features that we launch.
The following summarises our key
stakeholders; what’s important to them;
how we have engaged with them directly
and through relevant organisations; and
highlights of the results of that engagement
during the financial year.
Key
Enhancing the
customer experience
Increase customer
lifetime value
Growing Trainline
Partner Solutions
Build
demand
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
59
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Stakeholder engagement & section 172 statement
continued
Our key stakeholders and their significance
What is important to them
Engagement
Board engagement
2. Our carrier partners
In order to provide our customers with the best
possible rail and coach journey experience, it’s
paramount we establish and maintain strong
relationships with our carrier partners. Trainline
also provides white label services to a number
of carriers.
Link to strategic growth priorities:
The opportunity to increase their reach, ticket
sales and the number of customers and corporate
travellers using their services in their home
market or when expanding into new liberalised
foreign markets.
Lower cost to serve customers by transitioning
to digital.
Support by helping customers find the right
information for their planned journeys and
travel safely.
Access to Trainline’s operational excellence and
innovation, through our white label service.
We have a dedicated, multi-national team of
rail and coach travel specialists responsible for
establishing and growing relationships with our
carrier partners.
Beyond this team, we work with carrier partners
at every level of the organisation to drive
collaboration, deliver marketing campaigns
and improve processes to enhance customer
experience.
During FY2023, we have been especially focused
on:
• integrating new entrants to European markets
into our product;
aligning closely on the impact of strike action
and using our expertise to help provide
information to rail passengers; and
finalising the migration of our white label
partners to Platform One.
The Board receives regular updates on our
carrier partners and the recovery of the
rail industry. During the year these
updates included:
the actions taken to align with them on
supporting rail passengers during strikes;
and
• how Trainline has supported new rail
entrants in FY2023 as they launched
their services.
3. Government and regulators
Government and regulatory policy determine
much of the business environment in which
Trainline operates.
Link to strategic growth priorities:
The recovery of the rail industry and the
implementation of their respective priorities.
The reduction in carbon emissions, by
increasing modal shift to rail from other
less environmentally-friendly travel modes.
Trainline regularly engages in consultations
and meets with key policymakers, government
representatives and industry bodies across the
UK and wider Europe.
During the year, our focus has been on:
• engaging on GBR industry reform;
• participating in EU consultations on increasing
rail use and encouraging modal shift from cars
and planes in Europe; and
• engaging with EU competition authorities
and regulators on the opening-up of rail
retail markets.
The Board receives updates on engagement
with governments and regulators, in
particular:
• the development of GBR industry reform;
and
the progress made on providing insights to
help solve industry problems.
Key
Enhancing the
customer experience
Increase customer
lifetime value
Growing Trainline
Partner Solutions
Build
demand
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
60
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Stakeholder engagement & section 172 statement
continued
Our key stakeholders and their significance
What is important to them
Engagement
Board engagement
4. Our people
Ensuring that we attract, nurture and retain our
people and focus them on achieving our strategy
is key to Trainline’s success.
Trainline’s Board is keenly aware that the
interests of our people should be considered
when making decisions that may impact them
and the wider business.
Link to strategic growth priorities:
The ability to develop and progress at a business
that has an environmentally sustainable purpose.
An opportunity to contribute, take ownership
and deliver to a clear and shared strategy.
Working with a diverse and gender-balanced team.
Work/life balance.
The opportunity to share in the success of
the business.
We regularly bring together all our people
across all our offices at our All Hands sessions
so our Management Team can bring everyone
up to speed on our latest projects, the progress
towards our strategy and our recent
business performance.
Every six months we undertake a Group-wide
engagement survey so we can evaluate how our
whole team are doing and measure our progress
against our key engagement indicators.
The Board receives regular updates on
our people and culture, in particular:
• the results of our Group-wide engagement
surveys and progress made against our
People strategy; and
the actions taken during the year to support
our People with the rising cost of living.
During FY2023, the Board also visited our
Paris office and met with the local team to
help further develop its understanding of
our European business.
5. Our shareholders
The Board is accountable to shareholders.
Trainline aims to ensure that a good dialogue
with shareholders, investors and analysts is
maintained, and that their issues and concerns
are understood and considered by the Board,
the Management Team and our people.
Link to strategic growth priorities:
Understanding the strategy and operations
of the Group.
Financial performance and commercial success.
Understanding the exposure to macroeconomic
and political risk.
Opportunity for dialogue with management
on key matters, e.g. performance and
executive remuneration.
Sustainability and the environmental and ethical
impact of the Group.
The governance structures that are in place and
changes to them.
The Investor Relations Team, Executives and
Board members have continued to meet
regularly with investors via calls, conferences
and roadshows.
We also hosted a presentation and Q&A on how
Trainline’s product innovation enhances the
customer experience to help investors better
understand Trainline’s business.
The Board receives regular updates on our
shareholders, which typically focus on:
• investor sentiment on Trainline and the
industry; and
the key areas of focus in meetings.
Members of the Board have also engaged
directly with investors during the year to
discuss matters relevant to their role.
Key
Enhancing the
customer experience
Increase customer
lifetime value
Growing Trainline
Partner Solutions
Build
demand
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
61
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Stakeholder engagement & section 172 statement
continued
Section 172(1) statement
Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 requires a director of a company to act in the way he
or she considers, in good faith, would most likely promote the success of the company for the
benefit of its members as a whole.
In doing this s.172 requires a director to have regard, amongst other matters, to the:
likely consequences of any decision in the long term;
interests of the company’s employees;
need to foster the company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others;
impact of the company’s operations on the community and environment;
desirability of the company maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct; and
need to act fairly as between members of the company.
The Board understands that how we behave matters not only to our people but also to the
many stakeholders who have an interest in our business. We believe that productive business
relationships with our suppliers, customers and other key stakeholders are key to the success
of the Group and that the interests of relevant parties should be considered when making
decisions that may impact them. Though engagement is carried out by those most relevant to
the stakeholder or issue in question, the Board receives updates on the engagement that has
been undertaken, the reoccurring questions, concerns raised and the feedback provided by the
Group’s key stakeholders.
When making decisions the Board takes the course of action that it considers best leads to the
success of the Company over the long term, and when doing so also considers the interests of
the stakeholders that we interact with. The Board acknowledges that not every decision made
will necessarily result in a positive outcome for all of our stakeholders, but by considering the
Group’s purpose and values together with its strategic priorities the Board aims to make sure
its decision is consistent and predictable.
We set out on page 68 some examples of how the Directors have had regard to the matters
set out in section 172(1) (a) to (f) when discharging their section 172 duty and the effect of that
on certain of the decisions taken by them. By considering these matters the Directors have
had regard to the matters set out in section 172(1)(a) to (f) of the Companies Act 2006 when
performing their duty under section 172.
Non-financial and sustainability
information statement
The following table sets out where non-financial information can be found within this
Annual Report, further to the Financial Reporting Directive requirements contained in
sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006. Where possible, it also states
where additional information can be found that supports these requirements.
Reporting
requirement
Relevant Trainline policies and
procedures
Where to read more in this report
Page
Business model
N/A
Our business model
18 to 21
Non-financial KPIs
N/A
Key performance indicators
33
Principal risks
Trainline risk management process
Principal risks and uncertainties
38
Environmental
matters
Environmental policy
Market overview
Sustainability
Global GHG emissions & data
11
8 to 9
56
Human rights
Human rights policy
Principal risks and uncertainties
Stakeholder engagement
44
61
Our people
Trainline staff handbook and
accompanying policies and
procedures
Principal risks and uncertainties
Our people and culture
Stakeholder engagement
44
47 to 51
61
Social matters
N/A
Sustainability
Our people and culture
8 to 10
47
Anti-corruption
and anti-bribery
Anti-bribery and corruption policy
Principal risks and uncertainties
Report of the Audit and Risk
Committee
45
75
The Strategic Report, which has been prepared in accordance with the requirements
of the Companies Act 2006, has been approved by the Board and signed on its behalf.
On behalf of the Board
Martin McIntyre
Company Secretary
4 May 2023
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
62
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
On behalf of the Board, I am
pleased to provide an overview
of our activities during the year.
Chair’s governance statement
Execution of our strategy has been the focus for the
Board during the year, in particular monitoring that
our International growth plan is performing well, that
we continue to grow and support our UK business
and that Trainline continues to innovate for the
benefit of its customers.
The Board believes that culture plays a fundamental
role in the delivery of Trainline’s purpose and the
successful execution of its strategy. The Board is
ultimately responsible for ensuring that its activities
reflect the culture we wish to instil in our people and
therefore sets a clear emphasis on setting the tone
from the top and leading by example.
Our visit to Trainline’s Paris office was a great success
which provided the Board with invaluable insight into
our local team and the French rail market.
Board leadership
I am delighted that Rakhi and Pete have joined the
Board. Pete was the standout candidate for the CFO
role, his deep knowledge of the business as a result
of his seven years at Trainline in senior finance roles
provides strong continuity in how we execute against
our strategy and engage with key stakeholders, all of
which will be vital in achieving Trainline’s ambitious
growth plans.
In addition, Rakhi’s considerable expertise in
customer experience and innovation at high growth
tech businesses brings valuable skills and knowledge
to the Board and its Committees.
I would like to once again convey mine and the
Board’s thanks to Shaun McCabe and Kjersti Wiklund
for their service to Trainline.
Diversity and inclusion
The Board and the Nomination Committee recognise
the importance and benefits of diversity and inclusion
and wholeheartedly support all the work Trainline
undertakes to create a diverse workforce. The Group
is involved in a number of initiatives to encourage
and promote diversity in technology and leadership
positions and I am pleased we are starting to see the
results as we grow female representation.
As Chair, I continue to be focused on ensuring that
the Board aligns with the upcoming Listing Rules
changes on Board diversity whilst being considerate
of the relatively short tenure of our Non-executive
Directors since our IPO in 2019. We have taken steps,
as we disclosed last year, to address diversity on the
Board, and I am pleased our approach to maximising
the opportunity to make appointments that allow the
Board to reflect the diversity at Trainline and in the
wider community is bearing fruit.
Annual General Meeting
We will be holding our AGM on 29 June at 1 Tanfield,
Edinburgh EH3 5DA, Trainline’s Edinburgh office.
This will be the first opportunity for shareholders to
meet the Board outside of London and I encourage
you to attend and take advantage of this chance to
ask questions.
Brian McBride
Chair
4 May 2023
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
63
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Governance structure
Board of Directors
Collectively responsible for
establishing Trainline’s purpose,
values and strategy to enable
the long-term success of the
Group for the benefit of our
shareholders and stakeholders.
Responsible for ensuring
that Trainline achieves its
purpose and that the purpose
is embedded at all levels of
the business.
Assesses and monitors the
Group’s culture, promoting its
alignment with the purpose,
values and strategy, and
ensuring that the Group
operates within a framework
of effective controls and
risk management.
Audit and Risk Committee
Provides oversight of the
integrity of the Group’s Financial
Statements and reports to the
Board on the Annual Report
and Financial Statements and
other disclosures.
Oversees the external
auditor and monitors their
independence.
Monitors and reviews the
internal control and risk
management system. Reviews
whistleblowing, fraud, bribery
and other compliance policies
and procedures.
The Board operates with the assistance of three permanent Board Committees and delegates authority on specific matters to other
committees where it considers it appropriate to do so.
Remuneration Committee
Develops the Group’s policy
on Board remuneration
and monitors its ongoing
appropriateness. Oversees
workforce policies and takes
colleague remuneration into
account when setting the policy
for Directors’ remuneration.
Determines the levels of
remuneration for Executive
Directors, the Chair and the
Company’s senior management.
Nomination Committee
Reviews the composition of
the Board and its Committees,
including the effectiveness of
its members.
Leads the process for Board
appointments, plans for the
orderly succession of Board and
senior management positions
and oversees the development
of a diverse pipeline.
Trainline’s Management Team
Led by our CEO, Trainline’s Management
Team is composed of the Group’s senior
executives who are responsible for
developing, informing and monitoring the
strategy as set by the Board. The executives
oversee the day-to-day operations of
Trainline and come together to review,
assess and agree on actions to be taken
to achieve the objectives of the Group.
The Management Team meets regularly
to discuss the operational and financial
performance of the Group.
A number of sub-committees, chaired
by members of the Management Team,
provide expertise and oversight on
significant matters for the Group. These
sub-committees include the Sustainability
Steering Committee, Internal Risk
Committee and Disclosure Committee.
To see more information about
Trainline’s Management Team,
visit: investors.thetrainline.com
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
64
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Governance structure
continued
The role of the Board
The Board is the driving force of Trainline’s
strategy, culture and governance, ensuring
that our high standards are consistent across
the business. It is accountable to Trainline’s
shareholders and seeks to represent the
interests of other stakeholders when setting
our long-term focus, strategy, culture and
policies, ensuring that the Group has the
right resources, overseeing risk and corporate
governance, and monitoring progress
towards meeting our strategic objectives,
sustainability goals and annual plans.
Our Directors are collectively responsible for
the success of Trainline. The Non-executive
Directors exercise independent, objective
judgement in respect of Board decisions,
and scrutinise and challenge management.
They also have various responsibilities
concerning the integrity of financial
information, internal controls and
risk management.
The Board conducts an annual review of
the Group’s overall strategy. The CEO, CFO
and the Management Team take the lead
in developing our strategy, which is then
reviewed, constructively challenged and
approved by the Board.
As part of the business of each Board
meeting, the CEO typically submits a
Company update, giving details of progress
against goals and the macro-environment
in which Trainline operates. The Board also
receives accounting and other management
information about Trainline’s resources,
and presentations on legal, governance
and regulatory developments.
To ensure that the Board has good visibility of
the key operations of the business, members
of the Management Team attend Board
meetings regularly to update the Board
on their specific areas of expertise and
the execution of the Group’s strategy.
The Board works to ensure that the Company
generates and maintains value over the
long term. By embodying and promoting
Trainline’s culture, the Board works to
monitor and assess Trainline’s objectives
in developing world-class technology and
maintaining Trainline’s robust and scalable
business model with due regard to Trainline’s
customers, people, carrier partners and other
key stakeholders.
Division of responsibilities - the role
of the Chair, the Chief Executive
Officer and the Senior Independent
Non-executive Director.
There is a clear division between executive
and non-executive responsibilities to ensure
accountability and appropriate oversight. The
roles of Chair and Chief Executive Officer are
separately held and their responsibilities are
well defined in writing and in practice.
Chair
Leads the Board and is responsible
for its overall effectiveness in directing
the Group;
shapes the culture in the boardroom,
in particular by promoting openness
and debate;
sets a Board agenda primarily focused
on strategy, performance, value creation,
culture, stakeholders and accountability,
ensuring that issues relevant to these
areas are reserved for Board decision; and
demonstrates objective judgement.
Chief Executive Officer
Develops the Group’s proposed strategy,
plans, commercial and other objectives
for the Board to consider and then
delivers the Board’s decisions;
manages the Group on a day-to-day
basis within the authority delegated
by the Board;
keeps the Chair and the Board informed
of potentially complex, contentious or
sensitive issues affecting the Group; and
manages the Group’s risk profile in line
with the assessment made by the Board.
Senior Independent
Non-executive Director
Acts as a sounding board for the Chair;
understands the views of the workforce
and communicates them to the Board;
is available to shareholders if they
have concerns which have not been
resolved through the normal channels of
communication with the Company or for
which such contact is inappropriate; and
at least annually, leads a meeting of the
Non-executive Directors, without the Chair
present, to appraise the performance of
the Chair, taking into account the views
of the Executive Directors.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
65
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Key
Audit and Risk Committee member
Remuneration Committee member
Nomination Committee member
Denotes Committee Chair
Attendance during the financial year
Board member
Meetings
Brian McBride
9/9
Jody Ford
9/9
Pete Wood
1
2/2
Jennifer Duvalier
9/9
Rakhi Goss-Custard
2
6/6
Andy Phillipps
9/9
Duncan Tatton-Brown
9/9
Shaun McCabe
3
4/4
Kjersti Wiklund
4
2/2
1
Joined the Board on 16 December 2022.
2
Joined the Board on 30 June 2022.
3
Stood down from the Board on 15 September 2022.
4
Stood down from the Board on 30 June 2022.
Ad hoc meetings were also convened to deal with
specific matters arising.
Board of Directors
Skills, knowledge and experience:
1
2
4
5
6
8
Committees:
Skills, knowledge and experience:
1
2
3
5
6
7
8
Skills, knowledge and experience:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Skills, knowledge and experience:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Committees:
Brian McBride
Chair
Skills and experience
Brian has a strong track record in
leading businesses, having held
many senior positions throughout
his career including Chair of ASOS
from 2012 to 2018 and Chief Executive
Officer of Amazon.co.uk from 2006 to
2011. He has also held Non-executive
Director positions at AO World plc,
Computacenter PLC, SThree PLC
and Celtic FC PLC. He was previously
on the Board of the BBC and was a
member of the Advisory Board of
Huawei UK.
Other appointments
Brian is President of the CBI, a Senior
Adviser to Scottish Equity Partners
and Lead Non-executive Director on
the Defence Board of the UK Ministry
of Defence. Brian is stepping down as
a non-executive Director at Abrdn plc
on 10 May 2023.
Jody Ford
Executive Director and
Chief Executive Officer
Skills and experience
Prior to Trainline, Jody held the
position of CEO at Photobox Group,
Europe’s leading personalisation
business, encompassing the Moonpig
and Photobox brands. Prior to
Photobox Group, he spent ten years
at eBay, latterly in California, leading
the Growth function globally. Jody
holds an MBA from INSEAD and a
BA in Economics and Politics from
Exeter University.
Other appointments
None
Pete Wood
Executive Director and
Chief Financial Officer
Skills and experience
Pete joined Trainline in February 2015,
becoming CFO in December 2022.
Prior to this he served as VP Finance
leading financial control, planning
and analysis, and had a central role
in engagement with industry and
regulatory stakeholders. Pete also
played a key role in the IPO. Prior
to Trainline he spent nine years at
eBay both as a finance leader and in
various commercial roles. Pete holds
a Master’s degree in Engineering from
the University of Cambridge.
Other appointments
None
Jennifer Duvalier
Senior Independent
Non-executive Director
Skills and experience
Jennifer was Executive Vice President,
People, for ARM Holdings plc with
responsibility for all People and
Internal Communications globally
from 2013 to 2017. Prior to ARM,
Jennifer was Group People and Culture
Director at UBM plc from 2007 to
2013 and Group HR Director at Emap
plc from 2003 to 2007. Jennifer holds
an MA (Hons) from the University of
Oxford in English and French.
Other appointments
Non-executive Director and Chair of the
Remuneration Committee of Mitie plc
and Remuneration Committee Chair
of NCC Group plc. Jennifer is also a
Non-executive Director and Chair of the
Remuneration Committee of Guardian
Media Group plc and a Non-executive
Director and Chair of the Sustainability,
People and Diversity Committee of the
Cranemere Group Ltd.
Skills, knowledge and experience
1
High-growth business
2
Digital & ecommerce
3
Government and regulatory
4
People
5
Operations
6
Technology
7
Finance
8
Risk management
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
66
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
1
2
4
3
2
Board composition
Chair
Executive
Independent
Non-executive
0-3 years
3-6 years
Length of tenure of
Non-executive Directors
Duncan Tatton-Brown
Independent
Non-executive Director
Skills and experience
Duncan was Chief Financial Officer of Ocado plc
from September 2012 to November 2020. Prior
to joining Ocado, Duncan held the Chief Financial
Officer’s role at Fitness First plc, and prior to that,
Duncan was Group Finance Director of Kingfisher
plc. He has also been Finance Director of B&Q plc
and Chief Financial Officer of Virgin Entertainment
Group and held various senior finance positions
at Burton Group Plc. Until July 2018, Duncan was
a Non-executive Director and Senior Independent
Director of Zoopla Property Group PLC. Prior to
this, he was a Non-executive Director and Audit
Committee Chair of Rentokil Initial plc. Duncan
holds a Master’s degree in Engineering from King’s
College, Cambridge. He is also a member of the
Chartered Institute of Management Accountants.
Other appointments
Non-executive Director of Cazoo Group Ltd.
Chair of Oxford Nanopore Technologies plc
and Loveholidays.com.
Rakhi Goss-Custard
Independent
Non-executive Director
Skills and experience
Rakhi has extensive expertise in customer
experience and innovation having spent 12 years
at Amazon in various senior leadership positions.
Prior to joining Amazon Rakhi held roles at
TomTom and US management consulting firm
Oliver Wyman. Rakhi holds a BA in Marketing
and Communications from the University
of Pennsylvania.
Other appointments
Non-executive Director at Kingfisher plc,
Rightmove plc and Schroders plc.
Andy Phillipps
Independent
Non-executive Director
Skills and experience
Andy brings a wealth of experience in e-commerce
and significant knowledge of technology and
marketplaces from his previous role as CEO of
Priceline International and Chair of Toptable.com,
both now part of Booking.com. Andy is currently an
adviser for iQ Capital, a deep technology venture
capital firm, and was previously a Non-executive
Director of Albion Development VCT PLC, an
investor in higher growth businesses with a strong
focus on technology companies. Most recently Andy
was a Fellow at Stanford University’s Distinguished
Career Institute.
Other appointments
Member of the investment Committee of iQ Capital,
Non-executive Director of Thought Machine,
Cambridge Angels and Prodigy Finance.
Board of Directors
continued
Key
Audit & Risk Committee member
Remuneration Committee member
Nomination Committee member
Denotes Committee Chair
Skills, knowledge and experience
1
High-growth business
2
Digital & ecommerce
3
Government & Regulatory
4
People
5
Operations
6
Technology
7
Finance
8
Risk Management
Skills, knowledge and experience:
1
2
5
6
7
8
Committees:
Skills, knowledge and experience:
1
2
5
6
8
Committees:
Skills, knowledge and experience:
1
2
5
6
8
Committees:
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
67
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Board in action
International growth plan
The Board has closely monitored the
investments made in the International
business to grasp the opportunity of
increasing fragmentation in Europe and
the growing opportunities for aggregation.
The Board received regular updates and
periodic deep dives on performance against
the International growth plan and the level
of investment being made to deliver the
ambitious growth targets. The experience
of the Board has been invaluable in
providing support and guidance to
Trainline as it delivers on its objectives.
Annual strategy review
The Board carries out a review of the
Company’s strategy on an annual basis.
This includes approving the business
plan for the following year and considering
future years. In the most recent strategic
review the Board received presentations
from our Management Team which
included potential market, product
and investment opportunities.
In making its decision to approve the business
plan and future strategy of the Company, the
Board considered the feedback received from
engagement exercises with our stakeholders.
As a result of that consideration, the business
plan and future strategy were focused to
ensure that they aligned with the issues
and factors that are most relevant to our key
stakeholders where these did not impact the
long-term success of the Company or the
enhancement of its reputation.
Workforce engagement
The workforce engagement programme has
continued during FY2023 with the Board visiting
Trainline’s Paris office to engage with the local
team, discuss local challenges and share their
expertise with the local leadership team.
Jennifer Duvalier, designated Non-executive
Director for Workforce Engagement, has also
continued to engage with our People and
share the key themes and sentiments with
the Board.
To further help understand the views and
concerns of our People, the Board receives
detailed engagement updates which include
metric tracking against targets, an overview
of comments made in the biannual employee
questionnaires and the actions being taken
to address areas of improvement. The Board
has valued the candid and constructive tone
of these updates.
The Board uses these and other sources of
insight to assess and monitor whether the
culture and behaviours the Group strives for
align with reality. Accordingly, the Board is
satisfied that the Group’s culture is a positive
one and is conducive to the successful
execution of Trainline’s purpose and strategy.
UK rail reform
The Board has continued to focus on the
evolving political and regulatory positions
on UK rail reform and GBR. The Board has
received regular updates from members
of the Management Team and has utilised
the knowledge and experience of the
Non-executive Directors to provide support
and guidance on stakeholder engagement
and planning.
The principal matters considered by the Board during the year were:
Strategy and
performance
The detailed review of the Group’s strategy and budget, updates on initiatives,
discussions of short and long-term priorities and setting medium-term plans
Trainline’s performance throughout the year, in particular during periods of
rail strikes
Operational
Product development and marketing strategy
Shareholders
and stakeholders
UK regulatory and political changes
Investor relations and key stakeholder updates
Reporting and
risk management
Annual review of the Group’s principal and emerging risks
Specific risk areas that are significant to Trainline including information security
and privacy
Review and approval of annual and half-yearly reporting
Leadership
and people
Considered internal and external candidates for the CFO position
Culture and workforce engagement
The impact of the increasing cost of living on our People and the steps being
taken to help them
Governance,
corporate
responsibility and
sustainability
The results of the Board effectiveness review and agreement on the
actions identified
Disclosures, including the gender pay gap statement and modern
slavery statement
Trainline’s sustainability strategy and net zero commitments
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
68
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Composition, succession
and evaluation
Board composition and succession
Appointments to the Board are made solely
on merit with the objective of ensuring that
the Board contains an appropriate balance
of skills and knowledge of the Group and its
business, and length of service. Appointments
are made based upon the recommendations
made by the Nomination Committee with due
consideration given to diversity. In compliance
with the Governance Code, at least half of the
Board, excluding the Chair, is composed of
Independent Non-executive Directors.
The Board received updates from
Management on succession planning
for the Executive Directors and the
Management Team during FY2023.
Skills, knowledge and experience
As set out in their biographies on pages 66
to 67, each Director provides a range of skills,
knowledge and experience that is relevant
to the success of the Group and enables
strong independent judgement and
constructive challenge.
Board and Committee
effectiveness evaluation
During FY2023, Trainline engaged
Lintstock Ltd to facilitate a review of Board
performance. The review was undertaken
to comply with the UK Governance Code
and provide the Board, its Committees, the
Management Team and frequent presenters
to the Board with an opportunity to reflect on
the operation and effectiveness of the Board
and its Committees. Lintstock Ltd has no
other connection with Trainline.
The first stage of the review involved
Lintstock engaging with the Chair, the Senior
Independent Non-executive Director and the
Company Secretary to set the context for
the evaluation, and to tailor survey content
to the specific complexities and challenges
of Trainline’s business. The scoping of the
exercise also took into account the outcomes
of the FY2022 effectiveness review.
All Board members completed an online
survey on the performance of the Board, its
Committees and the Chair. The Management
Team, regular presenters and third-party
service providers who regularly attend Board
or Committee meetings were also invited to
provide feedback on performance.
As well as addressing core aspects of Board
and Committee performance, the exercise
had a particular focus on the following areas:
clarity of Trainline’s strategy, the
main challenges to the delivery of
Trainline’s strategic priorities and the
appropriateness of organisational capacity;
skills and experience of the Directors
and the diversity of representation
more broadly;
the visit to the Paris office and the
strategy offsite event;
the monitoring of workforce sentiment,
diversity and inclusion and culture
throughout the business;
views and perspectives of key external
stakeholders including shareholders,
carrier partners, customers, government
and regulators; and
top priorities for both the CEO and the new
CFO, in order to best succeed in their roles.
The reports provided a comparison with the
Lintstock Governance Index, which helped to
place the performance of the Trainline Board
into context. Participants were also invited
to privately discuss any matters with the
Chair and/or the Senior Independent
Non-executive Director.
The results of the evaluation were reviewed
and concluded that the Chair, the Board
and its Committees continue to operate
effectively. Actions were identified and
recommended to the Board, which
accepted them in full, in particular:
continuing to provide strategic and
constructive challenge whilst utilising the
Boards’ range of experience and expertise;
remaining live to strategic and operational
risks facing Trainline;
the benefit of continued deep-dive
sessions on key stakeholders; and
further opportunities to engage
with the wider workforce and visit
Trainline’s offices.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
69
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Report of the
Nomination Committee
Membership
The Committee comprises five Independent
Non-executive Directors: Andy Phillipps,
Jennifer Duvalier, Rakhi Goss-Custard,
Duncan Tatton-Brown, and myself
(Brian McBride) as its Chair.
The Committee’s key activities
Key matters discussed by the Committee
during FY2023 included:
the search for candidates for the CFO
position and the Remuneration
Committee chair role;
the suitability of Pete Wood and
Rakhi Goss-Custard as candidates
for appointment to the Board and
its Committees;
talent and succession planning
Trainline’s diversity and inclusion
programme;
the effectiveness of the Board, its
Committees and individual Directors; and
the structure, size and composition of the
Board, including the skills, knowledge,
independence, experience and diversity
of its members.
The Committee’s key activities
planned for FY2024
The Committee recognises the importance
and benefits of the Board having an
appropriate balance of skills, experience,
independence and knowledge to enable the
Directors to discharge their respective duties
and responsibilities effectively.
Due in part to the relatively short tenure of
our Non-executive Directors, all of whom
have been appointed for less than four years
following our IPO in 2019, the Committee
recognises that the Board does not currently
align with the upcoming Listing Rule changes
on Board diversity.
In order to address this, the Committee
will continue to ensure that candidates
from ethnically, racially and gender
diverse backgrounds are always included
in shortlists for Board positions with the
intention of maximising the opportunity to
make appointments that allow the Board to
reflect the diversity at Trainline and in the
wider community.
Given the progress made during FY2023, the
Committee is confident that by ensuring the
candidates included on shortlists for Board
appointments are genuinely diverse the
Board will align with the upcoming Listing
Rule changes in due course.
Prior to the Committee’s next report it intends
to undertake the following key activities:
the implementation of the
recommendations arising from the
externally facilitated Board evaluation;
continuing to monitor succession planning
and the development of a diverse pipeline
of talent; and
a review of progress against the Group’s
diversity and inclusion objectives.
Brian McBride
Chair of the Nomination Committee
4 May 2023
I am pleased to present Trainline’s Report of the Nomination Committee
which provides a summary of the Committee’s role and activities.
Our responsibilities
Monitor the composition of the Board
and its Committees, including the
effectiveness of its members
Lead the process for Board appointments
Plan for the orderly succession of Board
and Management Team positions and
oversee the development of a diverse
pipeline of talent
Brian McBride
Chair of the Nomination Committee
Committee member
Meetings
Brian McBride (Chair)
2/2
Jennifer Duvalier
2/2
Andy Phillipps
2/2
Duncan Tatton-Brown
2/2
Rakhi Goss-Custard
1
1/1
Kjersti Wiklund
2
1/1
1
Joined the Committee on 30 June 2022.
2
Stood down from the Committee on 30 June 2022.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
70
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
2
5
Male
71%
Female
29%
Male
61%
Female
39%
White
Asian
Gender of the Board of Directors
Key areas of focus for the
Committee during FY2023
Board and Committee appointments
Following an extensive market assessment
exercise the Committee identified Pete Wood
and Rakhi Goss-Custard as the stand-out
candidates for the respective positions of
CFO and Chair of the Remuneration
Committee and recommended their
appointment to the Board.
Russell Reynolds Associates were engaged
to assist with the selection process for
candidates.
Policy on diversity and inclusion
Diversity continues to be one of the pivotal
considerations on any appointment to
the Board and the Management Team.
The Committee is pleased with the
progress Trainline has made during
FY2023, in particular the increase in female
representation in senior management roles
and in the wider workforce, but recognises
that there is still further progress to be made
before we truly reflect the diversity in our
communities.
Our diversity strategy has ensured we have
female representation in a senior Board
position and that the Board also aligns
with anticipated ethnic diversity
requirements in the Listing Rules.
The Committee supports Trainline’s strategy
to better understand the diversity of its
workforce and those applying for roles. The
Committee takes an active role in setting and
meeting diversity objectives and strategies
Diversity (actual headcount
as at 28 February 2023)
Ethnicity of the Board of Directors
Gender of the Management Team
and their direct reports
1
22
34
6
1
1
As defined in the UK Corporate
Governance Code 2018, Provision 23.
for the Group as a whole. The Board’s policy
is to continue to seek and encourage diversity
within long and shortlists, including with
regard to gender, as part of the overall
selection process for Director roles. The
Committee believes we have a diverse
Management Team which is able to
effectively serve the Group’s interests.
Trainline is committed to having a diverse
and inclusive workplace and the Committee
supports this goal and the recommendations
set out in the Hampton-Alexander Review
and the Parker Report wholeheartedly. The
Committee recognises that technology is
a male-dominated sector and that despite
progress being made the Group must
continue to strive to achieve its diversity
and inclusivity goals. Further information
on Trainline’s diversity and inclusivity
initiatives is available on page 47.
Composition of the Board and
its Committees
The Committee is satisfied with the current
composition of the Board and its Committees.
The Committee also considers the
Directors to possess the skills, knowledge,
independence and experience necessary to
effectively fulfil their duties, but recognises
that the Board does not currently align
with the upcoming Listing Rule changes on
Board diversity.
Succession planning
The Committee recognises the importance of
developing and maintaining a diverse talent
pipeline to provide succession options for
the Management Team. The Committee held
a private session during FY2023 to consider
and approve the succession pipeline and
welcomed the promotion of Pete Wood
from the Management Team to CFO.
Director reappointment
In accordance with the provisions of the
Governance Code, all Directors will retire at
the forthcoming AGM of the Company and the
Board has recommended their reappointment.
In reaching its decision to recommend
reappointment, the Board acted on the
advice of the Committee.
The Committee is satisfied that all the
Directors devote sufficient time to their duties
and demonstrate great enthusiasm and
commitment to their roles. The Committee
applied particular scrutiny to the performance
of Andy Phillipps and Jennifer Duvalier, who are
completing the three-year term of their current
letters of appointment which will be renewed
subject to their reappointment at the AGM.
The Committee reviewed the independence
of the Non-executive Directors and confirmed
to the Board that it considers each of the
Chair and the Non-executive Directors to be
independent in accordance with the Code.
Board effectiveness evaluation
The Committee undertook an externally
facilitated Board evaluation during the year.
The Chair of the Nomination Committee
and the Senior Independent Non-executive
Director took an active role to ensure
questions took into account the strategy
and complexities of the business. Further
information on the evaluation is available
on page 69.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
71
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Report of the Nomination Committee
continued
Report of the
Audit and Risk Committee
Membership
The Committee comprises four Independent
Non-executive Directors: Jennifer Duvalier,
myself (Duncan Tatton-Brown) as its Chair,
Andy Phillipps and Rakhi Goss-Custard. The
biography of each member of the Committee
is set out on pages 66 to 67.
The Board is satisfied that the Committee as
a whole has the competence relevant to the
sector in which the Group operates and that I
have recent and relevant financial knowledge
and the experience to be the Chair of the
Committee.
Role and work of the Audit &
Risk Committee
Meetings are held to coincide with key events,
in particular the reporting and audit cycle
for the Group. The Chair of the Committee
reports to the Board on the business
concluded at Committee meetings, the
discharge of its responsibilities and informs
the Board of any recommendations made.
The Committee’s key activities
during FY2023
Key matters undertaken by the Committee
during FY2023 included:
monitoring the effectiveness of the
external auditor and the internal
audit function;
reviewing the Group’s accounting policies,
the use of Alternative Performance
Measures, significant financial reporting
issues, judgements and estimates;
considering the going concern and
viability statements;
reviewing the integrity of the Financial
Statements of the Group and all formal
announcements relating to its
financial performance;
monitoring progress against the Internal
Audit plan;
considering whether this Annual Report,
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and
understandable, provides shareholders with
the information necessary to assess the
Company’s position, performance, business
model and strategy, and the completeness
of the included disclosures; and
monitoring the adequacy and effectiveness
of the Group’s internal control systems.
The Committee’s activities
planned for FY2024
Prior to the Committee’s FY2024 report it
intends to undertake the following activities:
monitor the continued implementation
of digital audit technologies by the
external auditor and Management;
conduct deep dives into specific
areas of risk management; and
monitor the BEIS proposals on corporate
reporting, internal controls and audit
committees and assess their potential
impact on Trainline.
Duncan Tatton-Brown
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee
4 May 2023
Our responsibilities
Monitor the integrity of the Company’s
Financial Statements and report
to the Board on the Annual Report
and Financial Statements and
other disclosures
Oversee the external auditor and
monitor their independence
Monitor and review the internal control
and risk management system and the
Internal Audit function
Oversee the Internal Audit function and
monitor the effectiveness of its work
Review whistleblowing, fraud, bribery
and other compliance policies
and procedures
Duncan Tatton-Brown
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee
Committee Member
Meetings
Duncan Tatton-Brown (Chair)
4/4
Andy Phillipps
4/4
Jennifer Duvalier
4/4
Rakhi Goss-Custard
1
3/3
Kjersti Wiklund
2
1/1
1
Joined the Committee on 30 June 2022
2
Stood down from the Committee on 30 June 2022
I am pleased to present Trainline’s Report of the Audit and Risk Committee
which provides a summary of the Committee’s role and activities.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
72
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Report of the Audit and Risk Committee
continued
Financial Statements and reporting
The Committee monitored the financial
reporting process for the Group, which
included receiving reports from, and
discussing these with, the external
auditor. The Committee also considered
the FRC’s corporate reporting focus areas
during the year and their relevance to the
Group’s reporting.
As part of the year end reporting process
the Committee reviewed this Annual Report,
a management report on: accounting
estimates and judgements; Fair, Balanced
and Understandable, the external auditor’s
report on internal controls, accounting
and reporting matters, and management
representation letters concerning accounting
and reporting matters.
Monitoring the integrity of the Company’s
financial statements, the financial reporting
process and reviewing the significant
accounting issues are key roles of the
Committee. Measures are in place to
provide reasonable assurance regarding
the reliability of financial reporting. These
include: a comprehensive system of planning,
budgeting, monitoring and reporting; clearly
defined policies for capital expenditure
including reviews by senior management; and
frequent monitoring of cash flows against
forecasts. The measures provide reasonable,
though not absolute, assurance against
material misstatement or loss.
Going concern and viability assessments
The Committee reviewed and advised the
Board on the Group’s going concern and
viability statements included in this Annual
Report and the calculations and reports
prepared by Management in support of
such statements. The external auditor
discussed the statements with the
Committee and reviewed the conclusions
reached by Management regarding going
concern and viability.
Fair, balanced and understandable
The Committee plays an important role in
advising the Board when it considers whether
the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair,
balanced and understandable and provides
the information necessary for shareholders to
assess the Company’s position, performance,
business model and strategy. The Annual
Report is prepared in accordance with robust
processes to support this role:
co-ordination of the production of the
Annual Report is overseen by the Company
Secretary to ensure that the document is
consistent throughout;
members of management with
appropriate experience, knowledge and
seniority are assigned responsibility for
preparing each section and form part
of a core Annual Report team;
there is an extensive verification process
undertaken each year to confirm the
factual accuracy of stated facts and
the authenticity of belief statements;
drafts are regularly reviewed by the Annual
Report team and members of senior
management. Board members receive
drafts of the Annual Report for review
and input; and
the Committee receives the draft Annual
Report and considers a fair, balanced and
understandable review, and also considers
assurance provided on disclosures made.
Accounting judgements and key
sources of estimation uncertainty
The Committee assessed whether suitable
accounting policies had been adopted and
the reasonableness of the judgements
and estimates that had been made by
Management. The Committee, alongside
Management and the external auditor,
identified the area set out in the table below
as the key area of judgement and estimation.
Issue considered
How the issue was addressed
Carrying value of
International goodwill
The carrying value of
International goodwill depends
on the future cash flow forecast
supporting the carrying value.
There is inherent uncertainty
in forecasting future cash
flows and as such this area
of estimate is a focus for
the Committee.
The Committee reviewed and discussed Management’s
conclusions around the carrying value of goodwill, including:
the methodology applied; the achievability of the business plan;
the appropriateness of discount rates and long-term growth
rates applied; and the outcome of sensitivity analysis.
The Committee agreed with Management’s conclusion that the
carrying value of goodwill is supported by the expected future
cash flows of the International business.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
73
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Report of the Audit and Risk Committee
continued
Assessing the effectiveness of the external
audit process and the external auditor
To ensure that PwC LLP (‘PwC’) is effective in
its role as external auditor the Committee:
monitored the effectiveness of the
digital audit technologies introduced
to the audit process and noted the
resulting efficiencies;
reviewed and approved the annual audit
plan to ensure it was consistent with
the scope of the audit engagement. In
reviewing the audit plan, the Committee
discussed the areas identified by the
external auditor as most likely to give
rise to a material financial reporting
error or perceived to be of higher
risk and requiring additional audit
emphasis (including those set out in
the Independent Auditor’s Report);
confirmed that the audit fee enabled
PwC to conduct an effective audit;
discussed and assessed PwC’s
performance as external auditor;
considered the audit scope and materiality
threshold; and
met privately with PwC, including the
lead audit partner, without Management
present, to discuss its remit and any issues
arising from its work.
The Committee also considered the safeguards
in place to protect the external auditor’s
independence. PwC provided a letter of
independence to the Committee reporting that
it had considered its independence in relation
to the audit and confirmed that it complies with
UK regulatory and professional requirements
and that its objectivity is not compromised.
The Committee took this into account
when considering the external auditor’s
independence and concluded that PwC
remained independent and objective in
relation to the audit.
The Committee confirms that the Group
complies with the Statutory Audit
Services for Large Companies Market
Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive
Tender Processes and Audit Committee
Responsibilities) Order 2014.
Non-audit work carried out by the
external auditor
The Committee has a set policy on the
provision of non-audit services by the
external auditor. This policy is designed
to comply with the FRC guidance on the
provision of non-audit services and helps
maintain the independence and integrity
of the Group’s external auditor.
The policy sets out specific considerations
around the provision of non-audit services
and requires approval by part or all of the
Committee for any proposed services with
an expected fee of more than £50,000. The
CFO is authorised to approve non-audit fees
up to a cumulative total of £50,000, giving
consideration to the independence and
objectivity of the external auditor in line with
FRC guidance. The policy requires approved
non-audit fees be disclosed to the Committee
for consideration alongside the ratio of audit
to non-audit fees.
The fees paid for non-audit services during
the year ended 28 February 2023 were
approved by the Committee and amounted
to £52,150, which related to audit-related
assurance services for the 31 August 2022
half-year review undertaken by the external
auditor, subscriptions for business and
accounting knowledge and metric reporting
services. The ratio of audit to non-audit
fees for FY2023 was 10.6. Further details
of these amounts can be found in Note 4
of the Financial Statements.
Only certain types of work, as defined by the
FRC, are explicitly permitted to be provided
to the Group by PwC, which does not include
specific tax advisory services and internal
audit services. A detailed list of non-permitted
services is included in the Committee’s
non-audit services policy, which is aligned to
Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No 537/2014 of
the European Parliament and of the Council.
External auditor and audit fees
PwC was appointed as external auditor to the
Company in FY2021 and there are no current
plans to undertake a tendering process for
the external auditor in FY2024. The lead audit
partner for the external auditor is Jaskamal
Sarai.
The Committee was satisfied that the level
of audit fees payable in respect of the audit
services provided, being £554,980, was
appropriate and that the increases in fees
related to inflationary increases and an
increased external audit scope arising from
new regulatory requirements.
Internal Audit
The Head of Risk and Internal Audit was
appointed during FY2022 with responsibility
for the Group’s enterprise risk management
framework and the Internal Audit function.
The Internal Audit function provides
independent assurance of the effectiveness
of the Group’s internal controls and risk
management systems. The Committee
reviewed and approved the Internal Audit
Charter and the planned internal audits
for FY2023.
Following each internal audit, a rated report
is produced and shared with key stakeholders
and senior management, summarising the
Internal Audit function’s assessment of the
effectiveness of the relevant controls. The
Internal Audit function formally tracks the
status and resolution of any recommended
action items. A summary of the internal
audit reports as well as the status of the
recommended control improvements are
discussed with the Committee.
The Committee held private meetings with
the Head of Risk and Internal Audit without
Management present to discuss the Internal
Audit remit and any issues arising from its
work. As a result of these private meetings,
the updates received and the reviews
undertaken, the Committee considers the
Internal Audit function to be operating
effectively and that the quality, experience
and expertise of the function is appropriate
for the business.
The Committee will continue to monitor the
effectiveness of the Internal Audit function and
undertake an effectiveness review in FY2024.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
74
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Report of the Audit and Risk Committee
continued
Risk management
The Group’s risk tolerance is set by the Board
and is the level of risk it is willing to accept to
sustainably achieve its strategic objectives.
The Group’s risk appetite and risk tolerance
are documented in the Group’s Risk Policy,
which is presented to the Committee annually
for consultation. The Board discusses and
reviews the Group’s risk appetite upon
reviewing the principal risks and the strategy
for the Group. Regular reviews of the risk
appetite ensure that the Company’s risk
exposure remains appropriate in enabling
the Group to achieve its strategic objectives.
The Group has a formal Enterprise Risk
Management (‘ERM’) programme that guides
its risk management activities. There is a
dedicated Internal Risk Committee (‘IRC’) in
place, chaired by the CFO and composed of
senior risk owners and stakeholders, who are
responsible for reviewing and calibrating the
Group’s risk landscape and risk mitigating
activities. These reviews provide a robust
assessment of the Group’s principal and
emerging risks and take into account the
risks that threaten its business model, future
performance, solvency and/or liquidity and
the Group’s strategic objectives.
Overview of our anti-bribery, corruption and whistleblowing policies and procedures:
Anti-bribery and corruption
Trainline adopts a zero-tolerance approach to bribery and corruption. Any of our people found to
have breached the Group’s policies will face disciplinary action which could include dismissal for
gross misconduct. These policies are passed on to our supply chain, where appropriate, as part of our
procurement and contracting procedures. Corporate criminal offence procedures are in place to help
prevent the facilitation of tax evasion.
Receiving corporate hospitality and gifts
Should be refused if they could influence or appear to influence decisions made on behalf of the Group.
Our People are required to disclose gifts and hospitality offered or received. Substantial physical gifts are
required to be passed on to the Group for donation to charity or disposal.
Offering corporate hospitality and gifts
Must be fully documented, preapproved by the relevant member of the Management Team and recorded in the
Gifts and Hospitality Register. Any gifts or hospitality proposed to be offered to government officials, politicians,
political parties, regulators or foreign public offices must be pre-approved by the Group’s Legal Team.
Facilitation payments
Are strictly prohibited, no matter the value, even where such payments are perceived as a common part of
local business practice or law. This prohibition also applies to those who work on behalf of the Group.
Whistleblowing
If anyone has a concern they wish to raise they can contact an independent reporting line for anonymous
reporting of concerns. Promotional activities are undertaken to promote awareness of the whistleblowing
policy. The Committee and the Board receive reports throughout the year on whistleblowing arrangements
and activities.
Corruption
Fraud, bribery and corruption concerns should be reported in accordance with the Group’s Anti-Fraud, Bribery
and Anti-corruption Policy. Disciplinary action and other appropriate measures will be taken as necessary.
Periodic refreshers are provided to our People to reinforce the importance of this and other relevant policies.
The Committee, in supporting the Board in its
annual assessment of the effectiveness of the
enterprise risk management programme and
internal control processes, relies on reporting
by the IRC, Management, compliance reports
and the assurance provided by the external
auditor. Further information on the Group’s risk
management framework and its principal and
emerging risks are available on pages 38 to 46.
Critical systems resilience
The Committee receives updates on disaster
recovery and business continuity plans,
including critical systems and processes.
Recovery processes are subject to continuous
review with periodic updates provided
to the Committee on progress
towards improvements.
The Committee welcomed the attainment
of ISO 22301 certification for the business
continuity plan during the year and will
continue to monitor the audit and annual
third-party recertification process.
Internal controls review
The Board monitors the key elements of the
Group’s internal control and risk management
framework, supported by the Committee.
The Committee advised the Board on its
review of the effectiveness of the systems
and processes including financial, operational
and compliance controls during the year.
No significant failings or weaknesses were
identified in the systems of risk management
or internal control during FY2023.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
75
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Directors’ remuneration report
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Directors’ Remuneration Report for FY2023, my first as
Chair of the Remuneration Committee (the ‘Committee’).
Trainline performed strongly in FY2023,
despite strikes in the UK continuing for longer
and being more frequent than anticipated.
Key areas of focus for FY2023
Leaving arrangements for the former
CFO and remuneration of the new CFO
As Shaun, the former CFO, voluntarily
stepped down from Trainline, the Committee
carefully applied the Remuneration Policy to
his leaving arrangements whilst recognising
his significant contribution to Trainline.
Shaun’s unvested share awards, being his
PSP and DSBP awards, lapsed in full and
he was not eligible to receive any FY2023
annual bonus. No payments for loss of
office were made.
When considering appropriate remuneration
structures for Pete Wood, our new CFO,
the Committee considered his strong
prior experience, his extensive knowledge
of Trainline’s business and also similar
arrangements at other technology
businesses. As a result, the Committee
agreed that Pete’s base salary should be
£400,000, in line with that of his predecessor,
and that Pete’s pension contribution would
decrease to 5.5% on appointment to match
that of the wider workforce. Pete’s maximum
annual bonus opportunity in FY2023 was
150% of base salary pro-rated for the period
from his appointment as CFO to the end of
the financial year.
Pete received an enhanced PSP award in line
with the all-employee awards granted in early
FY2023, prior to Shaun informing the Board
of his departure. The Committee also granted
Pete additional PSP awards, first to recognise
his willingness to step up as Interim CFO, and
then an additional PSP award of 100% of base
salary upon his appointment as CFO. In total,
Pete’s FY2023 PSP awards equate to 550% of
his average salary and comprise a core award
of 250% of salary and a kicker award of 300%
of salary, the same percentage of salary as
the former CFO would have received.
Remuneration outcomes for FY2023
Annual bonus financial measure performance
was strong, exceeding the top end of the
stretch performance range, and the CEO
and CFO also performed well against their
non-financial targets. As a result of this
performance the CEO and CFO achieved
89.4% and 86.6% of their respective
FY2023 Annual Bonus total opportunity.
The Committee considered the perspective
of stakeholders when discussing the
outcomes of the FY2023 Annual Bonus and
determined that they were a fair reflection of
the stakeholder experience over the year and
the performance and milestones achieved.
Due to the unprecedented impact of Covid-19
and the additional investments made for
the International growth strategy after the
award was granted, none of the threshold
performance targets for the CEO’s FY2021
PSP joining award were achieved and
therefore the grant resulted in zero payout.
The Committee does not consider this to be
a fair reflection of the performance of the
business under Jody’s leadership, in particular
the strategic progress made and broader
financial performance over the three-year
performance period.
Notwithstanding this, considering investor
sentiment, the Committee did not make any
adjustments to the outcome for Jody, unlike
for other below-Board participants whose
PSP awards were converted to restricted
shares due to the high levels of uncertainty
during the three-year performance period.
The Committee does not believe there is a
critical flight risk but is mindful of the need
to incentivise and reward Jody appropriately
for his contribution and will keep its policy
and approach under review in order
to appropriately balance the need to
pay competitively with the views and
experience of Trainline’s stakeholders.
Our responsibilities
Develop the Group’s policy on executive
remuneration and monitor its ongoing
appropriateness
Determine the levels of remuneration
for Executive Directors, the Chair and the
Management Team
Review employee remuneration and
administer the Group’s share schemes
Review workforce remuneration and
related policies
Rakhi Goss-Custard
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
Committee member
Meetings
Rakhi Goss-Custard (Chair)
1
2/2
Andy Phillipps
3/3
Duncan Tatton-Brown
3/3
Jennifer Duvalier
3/3
Kjersti Wiklund
2
1/1
1
Joined the Committee on 30 June 2022.
2
Stepped down from the Committee
on 30 June 2022.
Ad hoc meetings were also convened to deal with
specific matters arising.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
76
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Salary increases for Executive Directors
During FY2023, and as stated in last year’s Directors’
Remuneration Report, the Committee undertook a review
of the CEO’s salary in FY2023 and agreed to an increase of
4.9% to £603,438 (FY2022: £575,000). This aligned to the
average increase for the wider workforce for FY2023. Jody
did not receive the Cost of Living bonus which was paid to
the wider workforce during the year, and this was excluded
from the average wider workforce salary increase calculation.
For reference, the average wider workforce salary increase
including the Cost of Living bonus was 7.4%. This increased
salary was also not used for the FY2023 PSP award, which
was instead granted on Jody’s FY2022 salary.
The Committee agreed to review Jody’s and Pete’s salaries as
part of the FY2024 pay review in line with the approach for
other employees. As a result of this review it was determined
that Jody’s salary would increase by 7% to £645,397 in line
with the average increase for the wider workforce for FY2024.
In considering the FY2023 and FY2024 increases, the
Committee took into account Jody’s performance and
contribution to the business since joining in 2020, which
has been exceptional. The Committee was also mindful of
ensuring a competitive remuneration package for Jody,
considering both the UK-listed environment and the wider
market, and taking into account Jody’s highly sought-after
digital skillset and the growing size and complexity of the
business as it expands into Europe.
For Pete, the Committee was mindful that he had recently take
up the CFO role and that the former CFO’s base salary had not
been increased since our IPO. Therefore, a 4% increase, below
the average increase for the wider workforce, to £416,000 for
Pete was considered to be appropriate, taking into account
his experience and the positioning of his package against
the market.
Overall, the Committee believes the salary increases to be
appropriate.
Workforce remuneration and related policies
The Committee is pleased with the actions Management took
during the year to help the wider workforce which included: a
£2,000 cost of living bonus payment to all (excluding the CEO,
CFO and Management Team); Group-wide reviews of salaries
and reward to maintain competitiveness; and offering support
and guidance to help through this challenging period.
Directors’ remuneration report
continued
Remuneration arrangements for FY2024
In accordance with the shareholder-approved Remuneration
Policy, the Committee intends to grant PSP awards to the CEO
and CFO comprising a core award of 250% of salary and an
additional kicker award of 100% of salary. The performance
measures for the kicker award have been set in such a way
that they maintain at least the same level of stretch as the
FY2023 PSP targets after taking into account the reduced
kicker award for FY2024.
The maximum annual bonus opportunity for the CEO and CFO
will continue to be 200% and 150% of base salary respectively
with performance measures based upon a scorecard of
financial and strategic metrics.
Rakhi Goss-Custard
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
4 May 2023
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
77
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Remuneration at a glance
FY2023 remuneration outcomes
Annual bonus
The annual bonus was based on a mix of financial (weighted 75% of the total) and strategic
(weighted 25%) performance measures. The performance targets and actual performance
are set out below:
Performance targets
Measures
Weighting
(% of total
bonus)
Threshold
Target
Stretch
Actual
FY2023
achievement
Resulting bonus
outcome (% of total
bonus)
Group Net Sales
25%
£3,301m
£3,889m
£4,184m
£4,323.3m
25%
Group Revenue
25%
£246m
£289m
£311m
£327.1m
25%
Group Adjusted EBITDA
1
25%
£57m
£68m
£78m
£86.1m
25%
Total
75%
75% out of 75%
1
See page 138 for the definition of Group Adjusted EBITDA.
Weighting
(% of total bonus)
Resulting bonus outcome
(% of total bonus)
Strategic objectives
25%
Jody Ford
14.4% out of 25%
Pete Wood
11.6% out of 25%
Based on actual outturn as set out above, the CEO and the CFO will receive 89.% and 86.6%
of their maximum bonus, representing 178.7% of salary for the CEO and 129.9% of pro-rated
salary for the CFO. The amounts earned above 100% of salary, representing 78.7% of salary for
the CEO and 29.9% of pro-rated salary for the CFO, will be deferred in shares under the Deferred
Share Bonus Plan.
PSP awards vesting in FY2023
Due to the unprecedented impact of Covid-19 and the additional investments made for the
International growth strategy after the award was granted, none of the threshold performance
targets for the CEO’s FY2021 PSP joining award were achieved and therefore the grant resulted
in zero payout.
This section is a snapshot of the Company’s performance over FY2023, the remuneration received by our Executive Directors and the
implementation of the Remuneration Policy in FY2024. Full details can be found in the Annual Report on Remuneration on pages 80 to 88.
Implementation of the Remuneration Policy in FY2024
For FY2024, the Executive Directors will be remunerated as summarised in the table below.
Element of pay
Implementation for FY2024
Fixed remuneration
Base salary
£645,397 for Jody Ford and £416,000 for Pete Wood.
Pension
The CEO’s and CFO’s pension benefits by way of cash allowance, at
c.5.5% of salary, align with the broader workforce.
Benefits
Medical and dental insurance for the Executive Director and their
immediate family, and life assurance are made available to the
Executive Directors.
Variable pay
Annual bonus and DSBP
Awards of up to 200% of salary for CEO and 150% of salary for CFO,
based on the achievement of Group financial targets (weighted 75% of
maximum) and specific and quantifiable strategic objectives (weighted
25%). Awards earned above 100% of salary will be deferred in shares
over two years.
PSP
Awards of 350% of salary based on average Revenue growth,
cumulative EPS and Relative TSR of which 100% of salary is based on
the achievement of stretching performance levels. Performance targets
for the kicker award are set in such a way that they maintain at least
the same level of stretch as the FY2023 PSP targets after taking into
account the reduced kicker award for FY2024 (100% of salary compared
to 300% of salary in FY2023).
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
78
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Remuneration policy overview
Consistency with the UK
Corporate Governance Code
The Committee is satisfied that the principles of the UK
Corporate Governance Code relating to the design of
remuneration policies and practices have been applied:
Clarity:
we ensure pay for performance and our policy
is designed to be logical and transparent.
Simplicity:
Executive Director remuneration comprises
a regular package including fixed pay, and short and
long-term variable pay.
Risk:
a significant proportion of the Executive Director
remuneration package is subject to the achievement of
performance targets and delivered in shares over the
long-term ensuring the longer-term impact of decisions is
reflected. Shareholding requirements mean that Executive
Directors are exposed to movements in the share price and
therefore help to guard against inappropriate risk-taking.
Malus and clawback provisions also apply.
Predictability:
variable pay is subject to the achievement
of specific and transparent performance targets, with the
potential levels of remuneration receivable at threshold, target
and maximum clearly disclosed. The Committee has the ability
to apply its discretion to ensure variable pay outcomes reflect
underlying corporate health.
Proportionality:
the Executive Director pay mix is similar to
that at comparable companies, with variable pay subject to
the achievement of appropriately stretching performance
targets. The Committee has the ability to apply its discretion
to ensure overall pay outcomes are proportionate to the
Group’s long-term performance.
Alignment to culture:
variable pay captures several
categories of performance, including non-financial objectives,
helping to ensure pay reflects multiple perspectives on
performance, and not just financial outcomes.
This section of the report provides a summary of our Remuneration Policy which was approved by shareholders at the 30 June 2022 AGM.
The full Remuneration Policy is available in our FY2022 Annual Report on the results and report section of our investor relations website.
Executive Directors’ Remuneration Policy table
The summary table below sets out the individual elements of Executive Directors’ remuneration, how each element operates, and the
maximum opportunity and any applicable performance measures.
Element
Purpose and link to strategy
Policy
Salary
To recruit and retain high-calibre
Executive Directors.
Base salaries are determined taking into account a number of factors, including:
the individual’s role, responsibilities, and performance; salary levels at comparable
companies, adjusted to reflect scale; and salary increases for the wider workforce.
Pension
To provide appropriate retirement
plans.
The Executive Directors currently participate in the Company’s pension scheme, and
the Company either makes contributions on their behalf or the Executive Director can
receive a cash allowance.
Benefits
To ensure that the overall package
is competitive.
Benefits include life assurance and private medical and dental insurance. Other benefits
may be provided based on individual circumstances and business requirements.
Annual
Bonus &
Deferred
Share Bonus
Plan (‘DSBP’)
To incentivise and reward the
achievement of annual financial and
non-financial targets, in line with the
Company’s strategic priorities.
To directly align the interests of
Executive Directors and shareholders
and support retention through long-
term deferral in shares.
Performance objectives are reviewed at the beginning of each year to ensure that the
bonus opportunity, performance measures, targets and weightings are appropriate.
The level of pay-out is determined by the Committee after the year end, based on
performance against targets and any additional factors it deems relevant.
Any annual bonus earned above a threshold of 100% of salary will be deferred in shares
for a period of two years.
The maximum bonus opportunity is 200% of salary.
Performance
Share Plan
(‘PSP’)
To incentivise and reward the
delivery of long-term shareholder
value and the achievement of long-
term financial targets.
Awards are made annually, with vesting dependent on the achievement of performance
conditions. Performance conditions are reviewed prior to grant to ensure that the award
level, performance measures, targets and weightings are appropriate. Awards normally
vest based on performance measured over a minimum of three years.
The level of vesting is determined by the Committee after the performance period, based
on the degree to which the performance conditions have been met. In adjudicating the
final vesting outcome, the Committee will also consider the underlying performance of the
business, as well as the value created for shareholders. A two-year holding period will apply
to vested PSP awards during which vested shares may not be sold save to cover tax liabilities.
The maximum annual award level is up to 350% of salary for FY2024 and FY2025,
comprising a core award of up to 250% of salary and an additional kicker award of 100%
of salary linked to stretching performance.
Share
Incentive
Plan (‘SIP’)
To encourage employee share
ownership and further support
shareholder alignment.
The Company operates an HMRC-approved plan that provides all employees with a
tax-efficient way of purchasing Partnership Shares and allows the grant of Free and/or
Matching Shares. Executive Directors are entitled to participate in the SIP on the same
terms as other employees.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
79
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Role and responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee
Detailed responsibilities are set out in the Committee’s terms of reference, which may be found at:
www.trainlinegroup.com/investors. The Committee currently consists of four independent Non-
executive Directors. The Committee invites other individuals such as the Chair of the Board, Chief
Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief People Officer and external consultants to attend
its meetings when appropriate. No Director takes any part in any decision affecting his or her own
remuneration. Rakhi served on the remuneration committees of other FTSE listed companies for more
than twelve months prior to her appointment as Chair of the Committee.
Advisers
Deloitte LLP (‘Deloitte’) were appointed to replace Ellason LLP (‘Ellason’) as advisers to the Committee
during FY2023. Deloitte also provide internal audit co-source services to the Group. Advisers are
appointed by the Committee following a comprehensive tender process of leading remuneration
committee advisers. Deloitte, and Ellason until their replacement, attend Committee meetings,
report directly to the Committee Chair, and are a signatory and adhere to the Code of Conduct for
Remuneration Consultants (which can be found at www.remunerationconsultantsgroup.com). The
Committee is satisfied that the advice provided by Deloitte, and Ellason until their replacement, is
objective and independent and there are no conflicts of interest. Deloitte was paid fees of £22,400
and Ellason was paid £57,745 for their services to the Committee during the year, excluding expenses
and VAT, in accordance with their respective letters of engagement. Fees are charged on a time and
materials basis.
Consideration of wider employee views and shareholders
In reviewing remuneration outcomes for FY2023, the Committee has taken into account the internal
context, including the remuneration arrangements that apply for other employee groups, recent
developments in the UK governance landscape for executive remuneration, and the views of our
shareholders. The Committee is dedicated to ensuring open dialogue with shareholders in relation to
remuneration, as part of which the Chair of the Committee met with our largest shareholders during
FY2023. The Committee members actively engage with the wider workforce on a variety of issues,
including on pay and its alignment, and carefully consider the wider workforce experience when
making decisions around senior executive pay. Updates are provided to the Committee on the Group’s
reward objectives, relevant external measures such as benchmark data and the sentiment of the wider
workforce. The Committee is mindful of the impact of the rising cost of living on Trainline’s workforce
and customers.
Annual report on remuneration
The following section sets out our Annual Report on Remuneration and outlines decisions made by the Committee in relation to Directors’
remuneration in respect of FY2023 and how the Committee intends to apply the Remuneration Policy in FY2024. The Directors’ Remuneration
Report, other than page 79, will be subject to an advisory shareholder vote at the AGM to be held on 29 June 2023. Where information has been
audited, this has been stated. All other information in this report is unaudited.
Remuneration arrangements throughout the Group
Remuneration arrangements throughout the Group are based on the same high-level remuneration
principles as for the Executive Directors. Annual salary reviews take into account personal performance,
Group performance, local pay and market conditions, and salary levels for similar roles in comparable
companies.
Mid-level staff are also eligible to participate in annual bonus schemes; opportunities and performance
measures vary by organisational level, and an individual’s role. Senior executives are eligible for annual
PSP awards on similar terms to the Executive Directors, although award opportunities are lower and vary
by organisational level; other staff are eligible to participate in a restricted stock plan. All UK employees
are eligible to participate in the Share Incentive Plan on identical terms and we also offer similar all-
employee share plans to overseas colleagues. During FY2023, all-employee share awards were granted to
motivate and incentivise the wider workforce to achieve Trainline’s long-term growth targets.
The Committee is pleased with the actions Management took during the year to help the wider workforce
which included: a £2,000 cost of living bonus payment to all (excluding the CEO, CFO and Management
Team); Group-wide reviews of salaries and reward to maintain competitiveness; and offering support and
guidance to help through this challenging period.
Shareholder voting
The table below sets out the voting outcome for the Directors’ Remuneration Report and the
Remuneration Policy at the 2022 AGM.
Votes for
Votes against
Votes withheld
No. of shares (m)
Percentage
No. of shares (m)
Percentage
No. of shares (m)
Remuneration Report
445.9
99.1%
4.1
0.9%
0.0
Remuneration Policy
354.4
82.1%
77.5
17.9%
18.1
The Committee wishes to thank shareholders for their support in approving the Directors’ Remuneration
Policy at the 2022 AGM. The Committee spent considerable time reviewing Trainline’s remuneration
structure, and strongly believes that the new framework will help Trainline to attract and retain talent in
what is an extremely competitive sector, and will motivate the Executive Directors to deliver exceptional
performance for the benefit of shareholders and other stakeholders.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
80
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Implementation of the Remuneration Policy in FY2023
Single figure of total remuneration for Executive Directors (Audited)
The single figure of total remuneration for Executive Directors in FY2023 and FY2022 was:
Financial
year
Salary
(000)
Pension
(000)
Benefits
(000)
Total
fixed
(000)
Annual
bonus
(000)
PSP
(000)
Total
variable
(000)
Total
remuneration
(000)
Jody
Ford
FY2023
£601
£33
£3
£637
£1,078
£0
1
£1,078
£1,715
FY2022
£575
£32
£3
£609
£959
£0
2
£959
£1,568
Pete
Wood
3
FY2023
£84
£5
£0
£89
£107
£0
2
£107
£196
Shaun
McCabe
4
FY2023
£217
£23
£1
£241
£0
£0
2
£0
£241
FY2022
£400
£42
£3
£445
£500
£0
2
£500
£945
1
Due the unprecedented impact of Covid-19 and the additional investments made for the International growth strategy
after the award was granted, none of the threshold performance targets were achieved and therefore the grant resulted
in zero payout.
2
No PSP vesting occurred in the period.
3
Pete Wood joined the Board as CFO on 16 December 2022.
4
Shaun McCabe stood down from the Board as CFO on 15 September 2022.
Single figure of total remuneration for Non-executive Directors (Audited)
The single figure of total remuneration for Non-executive Directors for FY2023 and FY2022 was:
Financial year
Fees (000)
Taxable benefits (000)
Total Fees (000)
Andy Phillipps
FY2023
£75
£0
£75
FY2022
£60
£0
£60
Brian McBride
FY2023
£265
£0
£265
FY2022
£265
£0
£265
Duncan Tatton-Brown
FY2023
£85
£0
£85
FY2022
£75
£0
£75
Jennifer Duvalier
FY2023
£85
£0
£85
FY2022
£70
£0
£70
Kjersti Wiklund
1
FY2023
£27
£0
£27
FY2022
£75
£0
£75
Rakhi Goss-Custard
2
FY2023
£57
£0
£57
1
Stood down from the Board on 30 June 2022.
2
Joined the Board on 30 June 2022.
Notes to the tables (Audited)
Base salary
During FY2023, the Committee approved an increase for Jody Ford’s salary as CEO to £603,438
(FY2022: £575,000). The Committee noted that Jody had not received a salary increase since
becoming CEO and carefully considered comparator benchmark data before approving a salary
increase of 4.9% to align with the average increase for the wider workforce during the year.
Pete Wood was promoted to the Board as CFO on 16 December 2022 on a salary of £400,000
in line with that of his predecessor.
As disclosed in the FY2022 Directors’ Remuneration Report, a Committee Membership fee for
Non-executive Directors of £5,000 per Committee was introduced effective 1 March 2022 to
recognise the investment in time required by Committee members. This fee is not in addition
to the Committee Chair fee.
Pension
During FY2023, Jody Ford and Shaun McCabe received pension benefits by way of cash
allowances equal to 5.5% and 10.5% of salary respectively. Since his appointment as CFO
Pete Wood’s pension contribution was equal to 5.5%. Following Shaun McCabe stepping
down from the Board, the pension allowance for the Executive Directors aligns with that
for the wider workforce.
Benefits
During FY2023, the Executive Directors received medical and dental insurance benefits for
them and their immediate families, and life assurance. Pete Wood did not receive dental
insurance benefits.
Discretion
As set out in the Chair of the Committee’s statement on page 76, no adjustments were made
to the CEO’s FY2021 PSP outcome, notwithstanding that the Committee did not think this was
a fair reflection of performance. The Committee considered that the Remuneration Policy
operated as intended during the year and no discretion was applied in relation to FY2023
remuneration outcomes.
Annual report on remuneration
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
81
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Annual bonus (Audited)
The maximum bonus opportunities for FY2023 were 200% of salary for Jody Ford as CEO and a
pro-rated 150% of salary for Pete Wood from his appointment as CFO to the financial year end.
Shaun McCabe stood down from the Board in September 2022 and as such was not eligible to
receive a bonus for FY2023. The annual bonus is based on the achievement of Group financial
targets weighted 75% and a set of specific and quantifiable strategic objectives weighted 25%.
Performance targets and actual outturn are set out below.
Financial element
Performance targets
Actual
FY2023
achievement
Resulting bonus
outcome
(% of total bonus)
Measure
Weighting
(% of total
bonus)
Threshold
1
Target
2
Stretch
Group Net Sales
25%
£3,301m
£3,889m
£4,184m
£4,323.3m
25%
Group Revenue
25%
£246m
£289m
£311m
£327.1m
25%
Group Adjusted EBITDA
3
25%
£57m
£68m
£78m
£86.1m
25%
Total
75%
75% out of 75%
1
Achievement results in 0% of maximum payout.
2
Achievement results in 50% of maximum payout.
3
See page 138 for the definition of Group Adjusted EBITDA.
Strategic element
CEO
Measure
Weighting
(% of total
bonus)
Key progress during FY2023
Actual
FY2023
achievement
Resulting bonus
outcome (% of
total bonus)
Enhance
customer
experience &
build demand
12.5%
Increase in International Active
Customers and share gain on key
aggregated routes in Europe.
Stretch
7.2%
Stakeholder
and purpose
linked
12.5%
Increase in workforce engagement score,
enhanced recognition of Trainline as a
sustainable brand and increased target
investor hold positions.
Stretch
7.1%
Total
25%
14.4% out of 25%
CFO
Measure
Weighting
(% of total
bonus)
Key progress during FY2023
Actual
FY2023
achievement
Resulting bonus
outcome (% of
total bonus)
Enhance
customer
experience &
build demand
12.5%
Increase in International Active
Customers and share gain on key
aggregated routes in Europe.
Stretch
7.2%
Stakeholder
and purpose
linked
12.5%
Increase in workforce engagement score,
enhanced recognition of Trainline as a
sustainable brand, reduced leverage and
increased target investor hold positions.
Target
4.4%
Total
25%
11.6% out of 25%
Despite the impact of strikes, Trainline performed strongly in FY2023. Financial and strategic
performance exceeded targets and was predominantly in the stretch range. The resulting
bonus outcomes for FY2023 for the Executive Directors are set out below.
Annual bonus outcome
(% of maximum)
Annual bonus outcome
(% of salary)
Annual bonus outcome
(000)
Jody Ford
89.4%
178.7%
£1,078
Pete Wood
1
86.6%
129.9%
£107
1
Pete Wood joined the Board as CFO on 16 December 2022 and received a pro-rated annual bonus payment for the period
from his appointment to the end of the financial year.
2
Shaun McCabe stood down from the Board as CFO on 15 September 2022 and was not eligible to receive a payment under
the FY2023 annual bonus.
In line with the FY2022 Remuneration Policy, 100% of salary (pro-rated accordingly for Pete) will be
paid in cash, and the balance, being £475,110 (78.7% of salary) for Jody Ford and £24,598 (29.9% of
pro-rated salary) for Pete Wood, will be paid in deferred bonus shares under the DSBP.
Deferred share bonus plan (‘DSBP’) awards to be granted in FY2024
DSBP awards in relation to the FY2023 annual bonus will be granted in FY2024. Half of the
DSBP awards will be subject to a one-year deferral period and the remaining half to a two-year
deferral period, both of which will be subject to continued service requirements. DSBP awards
were granted to the CEO in FY2022 over 133,243 shares.
PSP awards vesting in FY2023 (Audited)
Due to the unprecedented impact of Covid-19 and the additional investments made for the
International growth strategy after the award was granted, none of the threshold performance
targets for the CEO’s FY2021 PSP joining award were achieved and therefore the grant resulted
in zero payout. The Committee is cognisant that Jody therefore has not received any shares from
Trainline since joining in 2020. For further information on the FY2021 PSP award, see page 72 of
the FY2021 Annual Report.
Annual report on remuneration
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
82
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
PSP share awards granted in FY2023 (Audited)
The Executive Directors were granted conditional share awards under the PSP as set out in the
table below:
Date of grant
Number of
shares granted
Share price
at grant
Face value
Award as %
of salary
Vesting date
Jody Ford
30 Jun 2022
1,077,219
£2.94
1
£3.16m
2
550%
3
7 May 2025
Pete Wood
4
17 Mar 2022
279,839
£1.99
5
£0.56m
7 May 2025
6
3 Nov 2022
138,674
£3.25
7
£0.45m
550%
8
7 May 2025
9
21 Dec 2022
149,627
£2.67
10
£0.40m
7 May 2025
1
Calculated using the average of the closing MMQ on the five business days immediately preceding the grant.
2
Jody’s FY2022 salary was used to calculate the face value and the number of shares granted.
3
The award comprises a core award of 250% of salary and a kicker award of 300% of salary.
4
Prior to his appointment as CFO, Pete also received a SIP Free Shares award of 1,805 shares, equivalent to £3,600, being
the maximum HMRC-approved limit. The share price at grant was £1.99.
5
Calculated using the closing MMQ on the business day immediately preceeding the grant.
6
Awarded prior to his appointment as CFO and not subject to a holding period post-vesting.
7
Calculated using the average of the closing MMQ on the eleven business days immediately preceding the grant.
8
In total, the FY2023 PSP awards for Pete Wood equate to 550% of his salary over FY2023, considering his roles prior to
appointment as CFO. The PSP awards are apportioned such that 45% and 55% of the shares granted are subject to the
core and kicker performance targets, respectively, similar to the award for the CEO.
9
Awarded prior to his appointment as CFO and subject to a one-year holding period post-vesting.
10 Calculated using the average of the closing MMQ on the three business days immediately preceding the grant.
Pete received three PSP awards in FY2023, reflecting his change in role and appointment as CFO.
Various share price averages were used to ensure a fair and appropriate reflection of the share
price at the time taking into account the volatility in Trainline’s share price. Vesting of the awards
will be subject to performance over the three-year period 1 March 2022 to 28 February 2025,
with any shares vesting in respect of awards granted while an Executive Director subject to a
two-year post-vesting holding period. A cap of 2.75 times the value of the grant will be applied
to the PSP vest date value with any value over and above the cap to be forfeited. Dividend
equivalents will not accrue in respect of the awards over the period from the date of grant
to the vesting date. The vesting of the award will be based on the following targets:
Performance targets for
core award
Performance targets for
kicker award
Measure
Weighting
Threshold
(20% vesting
of core award)
Core award max
(100% vesting of
core award)
Kicker award max
(100% vesting of
kicker award)
Cumulative EPS¹
25%
11.9p
14.9p
18.6p
Average annual Revenue growth
25%
22%
27%
33%
Relative TSR vs. FTSE 250
2
50%
Median
Upper quartile
95th percentile
1
The EPS measure is cumulative Basic EPS with the impact of share-based payments excluded.
2
Excluding investment trusts.
The performance measures and targets are intended to incentivise organic growth. If a
materially significant acquisition were to take place, the Committee would review the targets
to ensure that performance is measured on a fair and equitable basis and the outturns are
reflective of the overall shareholder experience.
DSBP share awards granted in FY2023 (Audited)
The Executive Directors were granted conditional share awards under the DSBP as set out in the
table below:
Date of grant
Number of
shares granted
Share price
at grant
Face value
Award as %
of salary
Vesting date
Jody Ford
19 May 2022
133,243
£2.88
3
£0.38m
67%
20 May
2024
1
Shaun McCabe
2
19 May 2022
34,784
£2.88
3
£0.10m
25%
20 May 2024
1
Half of the DSBP award vests one year after grant with the remaining half vesting two years after grant.
2
Shaun’s DSBP award lapsed upon him stepping down from the Board as CFO on 15 September 2022.
3
The closing MMQ on the day of grant.
Promotion arrangements for Pete Wood
Pete was appointed CFO on 16 December 2022. All pay and benefits have been set in line with
the Remuneration Policy including private medical cover. Pete’s CFO salary has been set at a level
that the Committee regards as appropriate for the size and scope of the role. Pete is required to
build up a shareholding of 200% of base salary and is subject to the Remuneration Policy’s post-
employment shareholding requirement. There were no buyout arrangements for Pete.
Leaving arrangements for Shaun McCabe (Audited)
As Shaun was a voluntary leaver, he will not receive any severance payment or pay in lieu of
notice. As Shaun left before the conclusion of the financial year he is not eligible for any FY2023
annual bonus. In line with the Remuneration Policy and the rules of the respective plans, Shaun’s
outstanding PSP and DSBP grants lapsed on 15 September 2022. Shaun is required to retain a
shareholding equivalent to 200% of salary for a period of two years from 15 September 2022.
Payments for loss of office (Audited)
No payments for loss of office were made during the year under review (FY2022: none).
Payments to past Directors (Audited)
No payments were made to past Directors during the year under review (FY2022: none).
Annual report on remuneration
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
83
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Total pay ratio
The table below discloses the ratio between the CEO’s total remuneration and that of the 25th,
50th and 75th percentile UK-based employee.
Financial year
Method
25th percentile pay ratio
50th percentile pay ratio
75th percentile pay ratio
FY2023
A
38.0:1
22.8:1
17.4:1
FY2022
A
41.3:1
22.1:1
17.0:1
FY2021
A
14.4:1
8.4:1
6.3:1
FY2020
1
A
32.1:1
19.6:1
14.3:1
1
The figures for FY2020 are for the 10 months from Admission to the end of the financial year.
The 25th, 50th and 75th percentile employees were determined using calculation methodology
A which involved calculating the actual full-time equivalent remuneration for all UK employees
employed on 28 February 2023 for 1 March 2022 to 28 February 2023. From this analysis, three
employees were then identified as representing the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile of the UK
employee population. Trainline chose this method as it is the preferred approach of the government
and that of shareholders, and the Company had the systems in place to undertake this method.
The Committee has considered the pay data for the three employees identified and believes
that they and the median pay ratio are consistent with and fairly reflect pay, reward and
progression for these percentiles amongst our UK workforce taken as a whole. The three
individuals identified were full-time employees during the year. Assumptions were made
regarding taxable benefits for employees given some data was unavailable, however the
methodology used was consistent with the methodology used to calculate the single
figure of the CEO.
The total pay ratio is based on comparing the CEO’s pay to that of Trainline’s UK-based
workforce, the largest proportion of whom work in our Technology teams. The ratio for the
median employee increased from 22.1:1 in FY2022 to 22.8:1 in FY2023 primarily as a result
of the strong financial performance of Trainline in FY2023 resulting in a higher annual bonus
outcome for the CEO than FY2022. The Committee expects that the ratios will continue to be
largely driven by the CEO’s incentive pay outcomes, which will likely lead to greater variability
in pay than that observed for employees at lower levels who, consistent with market practices,
have a greater proportion of their pay linked to fixed components. The Committee takes into
account these ratios when making decisions around the Executive Director pay packages.
Trainline takes seriously the need to ensure competitive pay packages across the organisation
and has continued to take steps during FY2023 to strengthen the competitiveness of pay for
the wider workforce.
The table below provides additional information relating to the CEO’s salary and total
remuneration and that of the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile UK-based employee.
Year
Method
25th
percentile
50th
percentile
75th
percentile
CEO
FY2023
A
Total remuneration (000)
£45
£75
£98
£1,715
Salary ratio
15.0:1
8.2:1
6.2:1
Salary (000)
£40
£73
£96
£601
FY2022
A
Total remuneration (000)
£38
£71
£92
£1,568
Salary ratio
16.4:1
8.8:1
6.3:1
Salary (000)
£35
£65
£91
£575
FY2021
A
Total remuneration (000)
£41
£70
£93
£588
Salary ratio
13.3:1
7.4:1
5.7:1
Salary (000)
£36
£65
£85
£480
FY2020
1
A
Total remuneration (000)
£29
£47
£64
£920
Salary ratio
16.4:1
9.3:1
7.1:1
Salary (000)
£24
£42
£56
£392
1
The figures for FY2020 are for the 10 months from Admission to the end of the financial year.
Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows the change in total employee pay alongside Revenue and Group
Adjusted EBITDA as these are two key measures of Group performance. No dividends or share
buybacks have occurred since Listing.
% change
FY2023
FY2022
Total employee pay
1
46%
£105m
£72m
Dividends
n/a
£0
£0
Revenue
74%
£327m
£189m
Group Adjusted EBITDA
2
120%
£86m
£39m
1
See Note 5 to the Financial Statements.
2
See page 138 for the definition of Group Adjusted EBITDA.
Annual report on remuneration
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
84
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Percentage change in Directors’ and employees’ remuneration
The table below shows the percentage change in individual Directors’ salary, benefits and
annual bonus compared to the average percentage change for all employees of the Group
for the same elements of remuneration. To provide a more accurate percentage change the
remuneration data for FY2020 to FY2021, which represents the 10-month reporting period
following our Listing, has been pro-rated to a 12-month period.
Salary/fees (FY % change)
Benefits (FY % change)
Annual bonus (FY % change)
FY2023
FY2022
FY2021
FY2023
FY2022
FY2021
FY2023
FY2022
FY2021
Executive Directors
Jody Ford
1
4.9%
15%
n/a
4%
12%
n/a
13%
100%
n/a
Pete Wood
2
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Shaun McCabe
3
n/a
6%
4
(6)%
4
n/a
3%
(3)%
n/a
100%
(100)%
Non-executive Directors
Andy Phillipps
5
25%
0%
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Brian McBride
0%
6%
4
53%
4 6
n/a
n/a
(100)%
n/a
n/a
n/a
Duncan Tatton-Brown
13%
5%
4
(4)%
4
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Jennifer Duvalier
7
21%
0%
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Rakhi Goss-Custard
8
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Kjersti Wiklund
9
n/a
5%
4
(5%)
4
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Employees
5%
3%
6%
5%
26%
2%
17%
100%
(100)%
1
Joined the Board as COO on 21 September 2020 with a salary of £500,000 and became CEO on 1 March 2021 with a salary
of £575,000.
2
Joined the Board as CFO on 16 December 2022.
3
Stood down from the Board as CFO on 15 September 2022.
4
In recognition of the uncertainty generated by Covid-19 the Director voluntarily reduced their salary/fee from April 2020 to
August 2020.
5
Joined the Board on 1 January 2021.
6
Brian McBride’s fee as Chair of the Board did not change. The percentage change represents his revised fee following his
change in role from Deputy Chair and Senior Independent Non-executive Director to Chair of the Board on 4 November 2020.
7
Joined the Board on 1 October 2020.
8
Joined the Board on 30 June 2022.
9
Stood down from the Board on 30 June 2022.
Historical TSR performance and remuneration outcomes for the CEO
The graph below compares the Company’s TSR against the FTSE 250 Index excluding investment
trusts, of which the Company is a constituent. Performance, as required by legislation, is
measured by TSR over the period from commencement of conditional dealing (21 June 2019)
to 28 February 2023.
The table below illustrates CEO single figure of total remuneration over the same period.
FY2023
FY2022
FY2021
FY2020
1
Jody Ford
Jody Ford
Clare Gilmartin
Clare Gilmartin
Single figure (000)
£1,715
£1,568
£588
£920
Annual bonus outcome (% of max)
89.4%
83.4%
0%
57.6%
PSP vesting (% of max)
0%
n/a
n/a
n/a
1
The figures for FY2020 are for the 10 months from Admission to the end of the financial year.
Annual report on remuneration
continued
0
06/2019
02/2020
08/2020
02/2021
08/2021
02/2022
08/2022
02/2023
20
40
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
Trainline
FTSE 250 Index
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
85
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Implementation of the Remuneration Policy in FY2024
Executive Director remuneration in FY2024
A summary of how the Remuneration Policy will be applied to Executive Director remuneration
for FY2024 is set out below.
Base salary
The current Executive Director salaries are set out in the table below. The Committee undertook
a review of CEO and CFO salary in FY2024 which determined that the CEO would receive a 7%
increase in line with the average increase for the wider workforce and the CFO would receive
a 4% increase. For further details of the Committee’s considerations see page 77.
Executive Director
Salary for FY2024
Jody Ford
£645,397
Pete Wood
£416,000
Pension and benefits
For FY2024, the CEO and the CFO will receive pension benefits by way of cash allowances
of 5.5% of salary respectively, in line with the Remuneration Policy.
Annual bonus
The FY2024 annual bonus will be consistent with the Remuneration Policy with maximum
opportunities of 200% and 150% of salary for the CEO and the CFO, respectively, and
with measures based on a range of financial and strategic metrics including a
sustainability-linked measure.
The Company considers the measures, targets and weightings to be commercially sensitive but
intends to disclose them in the FY2024 Annual Report. The Committee will ensure any payout of
the FY2024 annual bonus is consistent with the stakeholder experience over the period, taking
into account perspectives of shareholders, employees and customers.
Long-term incentive
In accordance with the Remuneration Policy, the CEO and the CFO will receive awards under
the PSP comprising a core award of 250% of salary, and a kicker award, rewarding stretching
performance and returns to our shareholders, of 100% of salary. The performance ranges which
have been set consider both internal and external reference points, with performance targets
for the kicker award set in such a way that they maintain at least the same level of stretch
as the FY2023 PSP targets after taking into account the reduced kicker award for FY2024
(100% of salary compared to 300% of salary in FY2023).
Vesting of both awards will be based on several measures as summarised in the table below,
with performance measured over the three-year period 1 March 2023 to 28 February 2026.
The performance measures and targets are intended to incentivise organic growth. If a
materially significant acquisition were to take place, the Committee would review the
targets to ensure that performance is measured on a fair and equitable basis and the
outturns are reflective of the overall shareholder experience.
The vesting of the awards will be based on the following targets:
Performance targets for
core award
Performance targets for
kicker award
Measure
Weighting
Threshold
(20% vesting
of core award)
Core award max
(100% vesting of
core award)
Kicker award max
(100% vesting of
kicker award)
Cumulative EPS¹
25%
26.6p
33.2p
40.6p
Average annual Revenue growth
25%
9%
11%
14%
Relative TSR vs. FTSE 250
2
50%
Median
Upper quartile
85th percentile
1
The EPS measure is cumulative Basic EPS with the impact of share-based payments excluded.
2
Excluding investment trusts.
A cap of 2.75 times the value of the FY2023 grant will be applied to the PSP vest-date value with
any value over and above the cap to be forfeited. Dividend equivalents will accrue in respect of
the awards over the period from the date of grant to the vesting date.
Annual report on remuneration
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
86
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Non-executive Director fees in FY2024
Non-executive Director fees are determined by the Board within the limit approved by
shareholders in the Articles of Association, with the exception of the Chair of the Board,
whose remuneration is determined by the Committee. No change to fee is planned for FY2024.
Fee from 1 Mar 2023
Fee at 1 Mar 2022
Basic fee
Company Chair
£265,000
£265,000
Non-executive Director
£60,000
£60,000
Additional fees
Senior Independent Director
£10,000
£10,000
Audit and Risk Committee Chair
£15,000
£15,000
Remuneration Committee Chair
£15,000
£15,000
Committee Membership
1
£5,000
£5,000
1
This fee is not in addition to the Committee Chair fee.
Executive Directors’ service contracts and termination remuneration policy
The Executive Directors have service contracts with an indefinite term, which are terminable by
either the Company or the Executive Director on 12 months’ notice. The service contracts make
provision, at the Board’s discretion, for early termination involving payment of salary, benefits
and pension contributions in lieu of notice. Payment in lieu of notice can be paid either as a
lump sum or in equal monthly instalments over the notice period and will normally be
subject to mitigation.
Effective dates of Executive Director service contracts are set out in the table below and
the service contracts are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office.
Executive Director
Date of contract
Jody Ford
21 Sep 2020
Pete Wood
16 Dec 2022
Non-executive Director letters of appointment
The Non-executive Directors have letters of appointment, the terms of which recognise that
their appointments are subject to the Company’s Articles of Association and their services
are at the discretion of the shareholders. The appointment letters for the Non-executive
Directors provide that no compensation is payable on termination, other than any
accrued fees and expenses. The table below shows the appointment and expiry
dates for the Non-executive Directors.
Non-executive Director
Effective date of appointment
Expiry of appointment
Andy Phillipps
1 Jan 2021
AGM 2023 being 29 June 2023
Brian McBride
10 Jun 2019
AGM 2025
Duncan Tatton-Brown
10 Jun 2019
AGM 2025
Jennifer Duvalier
1 Oct 2020
AGM 2023 being 29 June 2023
Rakhi Goss-Custard
30 Jun 2022
AGM 2025
External appointments
We recognise the opportunities and benefits to both the Company and to the Executive
Directors of them serving as Non-executive Directors of other companies. The Executive
Directors are permitted to hold one significant external appointment and are entitled to
retain the fees earned from such appointments. All Directors are required to seek
approval from the Board prior to accepting external appointments.
Executive Director shareholding guidelines
Shareholding guidelines are in place whereby Executive Directors are encouraged to build and
maintain over time a shareholding in the Company with a value of equivalent to at least 200%
of their base salary commencing on the date of their appointment to the Board.
Executive Directors are subject to a post-employment shareholding guideline. Executive
Directors will normally be expected to maintain a holding of Trainline shares at a level equal
to the lower of the in-post shareholding guideline and the individual’s actual shareholding
for a period of two years from the date the individual ceases to be a Director. The specific
application of this shareholding guideline will be at the Committee’s discretion. The post-
employment guideline will be policed through the holding of vested PSP awards granted
after the 2020 AGM and through the monitoring of shareholdings by the Company.
Annual report on remuneration
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
87
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Statement of Directors’ shareholding and share interests (Audited)
The table below shows the beneficial interests of Directors on 28 February 2023 (including the
beneficial interests of their spouses, civil partners, children and stepchildren) in the ordinary
shares of the Company, as well as unvested share awards. There have been no changes to the
share interests of the continuing Directors between the year end and the date of this report.
Director
Ordinary shares
held at 1 Mar 2022
Ordinary shares
held at 28 Feb 2023
Subject to continued
employment
Unvested and subject to
performance conditions
Shareholding requirement
as % of salary
Current shareholding
as % of salary
1
Shareholding
requirement met?
Executive Directors
Jody Ford
105,354
105,354
133,243
1,567,689
200%
45%
No
Pete Wood
2
n/a
20,000
26,877
3
644,909
200%
13%
No
Shaun McCabe
4
2,012,879
2,012,879
5
Non-executive Directors
Andy Phillipps
74,237
74,237
Brian McBride
77,540
93,254
Duncan Tatton-Brown
63,981
63,981
Jennifer Duvalier
4,587
4,587
Rakhi Goss-Custard
6
0
0
Kjersti Wiklund
7
2,142
2,142
5
1
Calculated using the £2.557 per share closing price on 28 February 2023 being the last market day of FY2023.
2
Joined the Board on 16 December 2022.
3
Includes SIP Free Share awards.
4
Stood down from the Board as CFO on 15 September 2022.
5
As at the date they stood down from the Board.
6
Joined the Board on 30 June 2022.
7
Stood down from the Board on 30 June 2022.
Approved by the Board on 4 May 2023.
Rakhi Goss-Custard
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
4 May 2023
Annual report on remuneration
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
88
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Directors’ report
The Board has included certain disclosures in the Strategic Report in accordance with section
414C(11) of the Companies Act 2006 (the Act).
Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018
This Annual Report has been prepared with reference to the UK Corporate Governance Code
2018 published by the UK Financial Reporting Council (‘FRC’) in July 2018 (the ‘Governance
Code’). During the year the Company applied the principles and complied with the relevant
provisions set out in the Governance Code. The Directors note that following the departure of
the former CFO the pension contributions of the Executive Directors now align with those of
the wider workforce in compliance with Provision 38. Details demonstrating how the principles
and relevant provisions of the Governance Code have been applied can be found below in
the Directors’ Report and throughout the Corporate Governance Report, each of the Board
Committee reports and the Strategic Report. The Corporate Governance Report, each of the
Board Committee reports and the Strategic Report for their Corporate Governance disclosures
all form part of the Directors’ Report. The Financial Reporting Council (‘FRC’) is responsible for
the publication and periodic review of the Governance Code, which can be found on the FRC
website: www.frc.org.uk.
Diversity and inclusion
Our diversity and inclusion policies support managers and employees in creating a diverse and
inclusive culture where everyone is welcome. Our policies demonstrate our commitment to
providing equal opportunities to all employees, irrespective of age, disability, gender, marriage
and civil partnership, pregnancy or maternity, race, religion or belief, sex or sexual orientation.
Trainline provides equal opportunities to all job applicants and provides full and fair consideration
of applications from people with disabilities, having regard to their particular aptitudes and
abilities. We assess each candidate based on their individual skills and qualifications, while also
considering the accommodations that we can reasonably provide to support their success in the
role. For current employees who become disabled, we make every effort to provide the necessary
training and support to enable them to continue their employment with us. Our commitment to
equal treatment extends to training, career development, and promotion opportunities, which
are offered on an equal basis as far as possible to both disabled and non-disabled people.
Disclosure of information to auditors
The Directors who held office at the date of approval of this Annual Report confirm that, so far
as they are each aware, there is no relevant audit information of which the Company’s auditors
are unaware; and each Director has taken all the steps that he or she ought to have taken as a
Director to make himself or herself aware of any relevant audit information and to establish
that the Company’s auditors are aware of that information.
Events after the balance sheet date
There have been no balance sheet events since the end of FY2023.
Insurance and indemnities
The Company maintained Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance cover throughout the period.
The Directors are also able to obtain independent legal advice at the expense of the Company,
as necessary, in their capacity as Directors. The Company has entered into a deed of indemnity
in favour of each Board member. These deeds of indemnity are still in force and provide that the
Company shall indemnify the Directors to the fullest extent permitted by law and the Articles, in
respect of all losses arising out of, or in connection with, the execution of their powers, duties and
responsibilities as Directors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries. This is in line with current
market practice and helps us attract and retain high-quality, skilled Directors.
Subsidiaries, branches and principal activities
The Company is the holding company for a group of subsidiaries (the ‘Group’) whose principal
activities are described in this Annual Report. The Group’s subsidiaries and their locations are set
out in Note 22 to the Financial Statements. In accordance with the Companies Act 2006, the Board
confirms that there were no branches of the Company or its subsidiaries during the financial year.
Articles of Association and powers of the Directors
The Company’s Articles of Association contain the rules relating to the powers of the Company’s
Directors and their appointment and replacement. The Company’s Articles of Association may
only be amended by special resolution at a general meeting of the shareholders. Subject to the
Company’s Articles of Association, the Companies Act and any directions given by special resolution,
the business of the Company will be managed by the Board which may exercise all the powers of
the Company, whether relating to the management of the business of the Company or not.
The Directors present their report, together with the audited Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
89
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Directors’ report
continued
Political and charitable donations
The Group did not make any political donations (FY2022: £nil) or incur any political expenditure
during the year (FY2021: £nil). During the year, the Company made charitable donations
totalling £46,476 in addition to charitable donations via matched funding under the
reporting threshold to support the charitable fundraising efforts of our people.
Share capital
Details of the Company’s share capital including changes during the period are given in Note 16
to the Financial Statements. There are no restrictions on voting rights or the transfer of shares
in the Company and the Company is not aware of agreements between holders of securities
that result in such restrictions. No shareholder holds securities carrying special rights with
regards to control of the Company. The Company has been notified under Rule 5 of the FCA’s
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the following interests in voting rights in its
shares. The latest information on major shareholders is available via the Regulatory
Information Service or on the Company’s Investor Relations website.
% of total voting rights
as at 28 Feb 2023
% of total voting rights as at
the date of this report
Baillie Gifford
9.94%
9.94%
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
9.56%
4.61%
The Capital Group Companies, Inc.
9.54%
9.54%
FIL Limited
5.44%
5.44%
Invesco Ltd.
5.16%
10.23%
Liontrust Asset Management plc
4.99%
4.99%
Jupiter Fund Management plc
4.96%
4.96%
The Company was authorised by shareholders to purchase its own shares in the market up to
a maximum of approximately 10% of its issued share capital. No shares were purchased under
that authority during FY2023 (FY2022: nil). The Company is seeking to renew the authority at
the forthcoming AGM, within the limits set out in the notice of that meeting and in line with the
recommendations of the Pre-emption Group. Shares held by the Company’s Employee Benefit
Trust (the ‘Trust’) rank pari passu with the shares in issue and have no special rights. Voting
rights and rights of acceptance of any offer relating to the shares held in the Trust rests with
the trustees, who may take account of any recommendation from the Company. Voting rights
are not exercisable by the colleagues on whose behalf the shares are held in trust.
Significant agreements
Convertible Bonds due 2026 listed on the unregulated open market of the Frankfurt Stock
Exchange (‘Freiverkehr’)
The Company issued £150 million of senior unsecured Convertible Bonds due 2026 (the ‘Bonds’)
on 7 January 2021. The net proceeds of the Bonds are used to provide liquidity and flexibility to
invest in possible future growth opportunities. The Bonds were issued at par and carry a coupon
of 1.0% per annum payable semi-annually in arrears in equal instalments on 14 January and
14 July in each year, with the first interest payment date being 14 July 2021. The Bonds will be
convertible into ordinary shares of the Issuer (the ‘Ordinary Shares’). The initial conversion price
shall be £6.6671, representing a premium of 50% above the reference share price of £4.4447,
being the volume weighted average price (the ‘VWAP’) of an Ordinary Share on the London
Stock Exchange on 7 January 2021. The conversion price will be subject to adjustment in certain
circumstances in line with market practice. Unless previously redeemed, or purchased and
cancelled, the Bonds will be convertible at the option of the bondholders on any day during the
conversion period. The Company has the option to redeem all, but not some only, of the Bonds
on or after 4 February 2024, at par plus accrued interest, if the parity value (as described in the
Terms and Conditions relating to the Bonds) on each of at least 20 dealing days in a period of 30
consecutive dealing days exceeds £130,000 (130%). The Company also has the option to redeem
all outstanding Bonds, at par plus accrued interest, at any time if 85% or more of the principal
amount of the Bonds shall have been previously converted or repurchased and cancelled.
During FY2023, the Company repurchased in aggregate £32.1 million of the Bonds which were
subsequently cancelled. Following this cancellation, £82.7 million in aggregate principal amount
of the Bonds remains outstanding.
Following a change of control of the Company, the holder of each of the Bonds will have the
right to require the Company to redeem that Bond at its principal amount, together with the
accrued and unpaid interest, or the bondholders may exercise their conversion right using
the formula as described in the Terms and Conditions relating to the Bonds.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
90
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Directors’ report
continued
Going concern
The UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 requires the Board to assess and report on the
prospects of the Group and whether the business is a going concern. In considering this
requirement, the Directors have taken into account the Group’s forecast cash flows, liquidity,
borrowing facilities and related covenant requirements including the next two covenant tests
on 31 August 2023 and 28 February 2024, and the expected operational activities of the Group.
Having due regard to these matters and after making appropriate enquiries, the Directors have
a reasonable expectation that the Group and the Company have adequate resources to remain
in operation until at least 12 months after the approval of these Financial Statements. The
Board has therefore continued to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the consolidated
Financial Statements. Further details are set out in Note 1 to the Financial Statements.
Tax transparency
Trainline is committed to being a responsible taxpayer acting in a transparent manner.
Our detailed tax strategy, which can be found at investors.thetrainline.com provides
further information on our approach to risk management and governance.
Additional disclosures
Other information which is incorporated by reference into this report can be located
as follows:
Page
Page
Likely future developments
2 to 46
Engagement with other stakeholders
59 to 62
Research and development
24 to 25
Long-term incentive schemes
76 to 88
Group employees
47 to 51
Directors’ interests in shares
88
Directors of the Company
66 to 67
Statement of capitalised interest
113
Employee engagement
61 and 68
Sustainability, TCFD, energy
and greenhouse gas reporting
52 to 58
Financial instruments and
financial risk management
134 to 135
The Directors’ Report, which has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of
the Companies Act 2006, has been approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:
Martin McIntyre
Company Secretary
4 May 2023
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
91
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Statement of
Directors’ responsibilities
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
in respect of the Annual Report and the
Financial Statements
The Directors are responsible for preparing
the Annual Report and Accounts and the
Financial Statements in accordance with
applicable law and regulation.
Company law requires the Directors to
prepare Group and Parent Company Financial
Statements for each financial year. Under that
law the Directors have prepared the Group
Financial Statements in accordance with
UK-adopted International Accounting
Standards and the Parent Company Financial
Statements in accordance with United
Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting
Practice (United Kingdom Accounting
Standards, comprising FRS 101 ‘Reduced
Disclosure Framework’, and applicable law).
The Group has also prepared Financial
Statements in accordance with International
Financial Reporting Standards adopted
pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002
as it applies in the European Union.
Under company law, directors must not
approve the financial statements unless they
are satisfied that they give a true and fair
view of the state of affairs of the Group and
Parent Company and of the profit or loss
of the Group and Parent Company for that
period. In preparing the Group and Parent
Company Financial Statements, the Directors
are required to:
select suitable accounting policies and
then apply them consistently;
state whether applicable UK-adopted
International Accounting Standards
and International Financial Reporting
Standards adopted pursuant to Regulation
(EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the
European Union have been followed
for the Group financial statements and
United Kingdom Accounting Standards,
comprising FRS 101 have been followed for
the Parent Company financial statements,
subject to any material departures
disclosed and explained in the
financial statements;
make judgements and accounting
estimates that are reasonable and
prudent; and
prepare the financial statements on
the going concern basis unless it is
inappropriate to presume that the
Group and Parent Company will
continue in business.
The Directors are responsible for
safeguarding the assets of the Group and
Parent Company and hence for taking
reasonable steps for the prevention and
detection of fraud and other irregularities.
The Directors are also responsible for
keeping adequate accounting records that
are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s
and Parent Company’s transactions and
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time
the financial position of the Group and Parent
Company and enable them to ensure that
the Financial Statements and the Directors’
Remuneration Report comply with the
Companies Act 2006.
The Directors are responsible for the
maintenance and integrity of the Company’s
website. Legislation in the United Kingdom
governing the preparation and dissemination
of financial statements may differ from
legislation in other jurisdictions.
Directors’ confirmations
The Directors consider that the Annual
Report and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair,
balanced and understandable and provides
the information necessary for shareholders
to assess the Group’s and Parent Company’s
position and performance, business model
and strategy.
Each of the Directors, whose names and
functions are listed in Annual Report and
Accounts confirm that, to the best of
their knowledge:
the Group Financial Statements, which
have been prepared in accordance with
UK-adopted International Accounting
Standards and International Financial
Reporting Standards adopted pursuant to
Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies
in the European Union, give a true and
fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial
position and profit of the Group;
the Parent Company Financial Statements,
which have been prepared in accordance
with United Kingdom Accounting Standards,
comprising FRS 101, give a true and fair view
of the assets, liabilities and financial position
of the Company; and
the Strategic Report includes a fair review
of the development and performance
of the business and the position of the
Group and Parent Company, together
with a description of the principal risks
and uncertainties that it faces.
In the case of each Director in office at the
date the Directors’ report is approved:
so far as the Director is aware, there is no
relevant audit information of which the
Group’s and Parent Company’s auditors
are unaware; and
they have taken all the steps that they
ought to have taken as a Director in order
to make themselves aware of any relevant
audit information and to establish that the
Group’s and Parent Company’s auditors
are aware of that information.
Peter Wood
Chief Financial Officer
4 May 2023
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
92
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Opinion
In our opinion:
Trainline plc’s group financial statements and parent company financial statements (the
“financial statements”) give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent
company’s affairs as at 28 February 2023 and of the group’s profit and the group’s cash flows
for the year then ended;
the group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted
international accounting standards as applied in accordance with the provisions of the
Companies Act 2006;
the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with
United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting
Standards, including FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure Framework”, and applicable law); and
the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the
Companies Act 2006.
We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts
2023 (the “Annual Report”), which comprise: Consolidated and Parent Company balance sheet
as at 28 February 2023; Consolidated income statement, Consolidated statement of other
comprehensive income, Consolidated and Parent Company statement of changes in equity,
Consolidated statement of cash flow for the year then ended; and the notes to the financial
statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.
Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit and Risk Committee.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”)
and applicable law. Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’
responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that the
audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Independence
We remained independent of the group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are
relevant to our audit of the financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical
Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by the
FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided.
Other than those disclosed in the Report of the Audit and Risk Committee, we have provided no
non-audit services to the parent company or its controlled undertakings in the period under audit.
Independent auditors’ report to the members of Trainline plc
Report on the audit of the financial statements
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
93
Our audit approach
Overview
Audit scope
We identified one trading entity within the Group which, in our view, required a full scope
audit based on its contribution of revenue to the group. In addition, we determined that
specific audit procedures were required at a further two legal entities to address specific
risk characteristics and provide sufficient overall Group coverage of all material consolidated
financial statement line items.
All work was undertaken by the Group team who also performed procedures over all financial
statement line items, including complex and judgemental areas prepared by the head office
finance function, to provide sufficient overall Group coverage.
The balances on which we performed audit procedures accounted for 100% of Group
revenue, 80% of Group profit before tax and 99% of Group total assets. Our audit scope
provided sufficient appropriate audit evidence as a basis of our opinion on the Group
financial statements as a whole.
Key audit matters
Recoverability of International Consumer Goodwill (group)
Inappropriate capitalisation of intangibles (group)
Recoverability of investments in subsidiary undertakings (parent)
Materiality
Overall group materiality: £2.4m (FY22: £1.7m) based on 0.75% of Total Revenues for FY23.
Overall parent company materiality: £18.9m (FY22: £19m) based on 1% of total assets.
Performance materiality: £1.8m (FY22: £1.3m) (group) and £14.2m (FY22: £14.3m)
(parent company).
The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material
misstatement in the financial statements.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most
significance in the audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the most
significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by
the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the
allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These
matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed
in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.
The key audit matters below are consistent with last year.
Independent auditors’ report to the members of Trainline plc
Report on the audit of the financial statements
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
94
Key audit matter
How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Recoverability of International Consumer Goodwill (group)
The Group holds a significant amount of international goodwill (£69.4m)
on the balance sheet. This goodwill primarily arose from the acquisition of
Capitaine Train SAS (now Trainline SAS), with a small contribution from the
acquisition of Trainline.com. The carrying value of international goodwill is
dependent on the overall valuation of the international business, based on
forecast discounted cash flows to determine a value in use. This business is
in a growth phase incurring losses as it establishes itself in the market.
In accordance with IAS 36 - Impairment of assets, management
performs an annual impairment assessment to determine whether an
impairment of the carrying value of international goodwill is required.
In the current year this assessment has been performed which has
concluded that no impairment is required.
The impairment assessment includes the following estimates:
The 3 year Board approved forecast cash flows extrapolated for a
further 2 years including the estimated growth rates for Net Ticket
Sales (‘NTS’), Revenue and EBITDA;
The growth rate to extrapolate forecasts beyond the 5 year forecast;
and
The discount rate applied to the future cash flows.
These matters are complex and involve a high degree of estimation
which means future performance of the business could vary
significantly. Accordingly, our audit devoted significant resources to
assessing the validity of the model used by the directors and obtaining
evidence to inform our view on the reasonableness of the assumptions
and disclosures that the directors have made.
The relevant disclosures have been made in note 9 of the Consolidated
financial statements.
Management has performed the impairment assessment at a cash generating unit (CGU) level, with the International Consumer
businesses being treated as a separate CGU. We have obtained an understanding of the goodwill impairment assessment process and
considered the design and implementation of management’s controls. We did not note any deficiency in the internal controls assessed,
however determined not to rely on these controls as part of our audit response.
In the current period, management has changed their operating segments and CGU’s. The only change to the International Consumer
CGU has been the reallocation of the international platform solutions assets into the newly created International TPS CGU, which aligns
with the treatment of similar assets in the UK. We have evaluated this change as part of our audit procedures and concluded that it does
not have a material impact on the asset allocation or the cash flows. As part of this assessment, we have evaluated the carrying value of
the international CGU, including the allocation of working capital and corporate assets, and concluded that management’s methodology
is appropriate, in line with the accounting standards and we have not identified any instance of management bias.
Despite the change in operating segments and CGUs noted above, no change was made since the prior year to the level at which impairment
testing has been performed, which continues to be the cash generating unit level. Cash generating units are defined in IAS 36 as the smallest
identifiable group of assets that generates cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets.
We critically challenged the assumptions made by management and sought to obtain evidence which contradicts or corroborates these. We
have applied professional scepticism throughout and considered whether there is evidence of management bias applied to the assumptions.
We have performed the following procedures over the value in use model which supports the impairment assessment.
We evaluated management’s future cash flow forecasts by obtaining the model prepared by management and:
Tested the mathematical accuracy and integrity of the model;
Agreed the amounts used in the model to the Board approved forecasts;
Assessed the reliability of cash flow forecasts by comparing past performance to previous forecasts;
Identified key assumptions and inputs within the model, which mainly comprise of the following:
Annual growth in NTS and Revenue: We compared management’s assumptions to industry benchmarks including current market
share data and implicit forecast market share data based on internally forecast growth projections.
Gross margin forecast: We compared this assumption to historical margins and understood the reason for any significant differences.
EBITDA forecast: We considered forecast costs that have a significant impact on EBITDA, principally marketing expenses, and
compared managements assumptions to historical trends.
Long term growth rate: Our expert reviewed the rate used to ensure that it was within our expected range.
Discount rates: Our expert reviewed the discount rates to ensure that management’s rates were within our expected range.
We did not find any material exceptions when performing the above procedures.
In addition to these specific procedures, we have also performed a stand back assessment to determine whether our conclusions are
appropriate. The stand back assessment included the below:
Evaluated the sensitivity of the outcomes to reasonably possible changes to the key assumptions. This included assessment of whether
the Group’s disclosures about the sensitivity of the outcomes were reflective of the risks and uncertainties surrounding the valuation of
international goodwill.
Considered events subsequent to the year-end date to identify any factors Trainline had not considered which indicated that an
impairment trigger existed at the year-end that would require an updated impairment assessment.
Based on the results of the procedures described above, we concur with the directors assessment that no impairment is required. We have
assessed the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, including significant estimates and the sensitivities provided and
consider them to be materially appropriate.
Independent auditors’ report to the members of Trainline plc
Report on the audit of the financial statements
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
95
Key audit matter
How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Inappropriate capitalisation of intangibles (group)
The Group has significant capital expenditure on intangibles (FY23:
£32.2m, FY22: £25.1m), which gives rise to a significant risk that
the costs are inappropriately capitalised. The vast majority of the
expenditure in the year was on software development, most of which
comprise internal spend on employees through payroll and payroll
related costs.
The risk arises due to the magnitude of costs capitalised and the
judgement required in determining whether internal employee costs
meet the requirements of IAS 38 for capitalisation. Further, there could
be considered an incentive to capitalise costs which do not meet the
criteria of IAS 38, by posting fraudulent manual journal entries, in order
to improve adjusted EBITDA, being a key performance indicator for
the business.
The relevant disclosures have been made in note 9 of the Consolidated
financial statements.
We have performed the following procedures to gain sufficient appropriate evidence over capitalisation of intangible software additions:
Considered the design and implementation of management’s controls. We did not note any deficiency in the internal controls assessed.
Understood, evaluated and tested the controls in place to ensure that only those costs that meet the criteria of IAS 38 are capitalised.
Performed testing over additions through to underlying evidence to ensure that the amount capitalised accurately reflects a cost
incurred by the business and meets the capitalisation criteria of IAS 38. This included discussions with the groups developers to
understand the nature of the assets being capitalised.
Understood the expected transaction flow for capitalised additions and performed journals testing for transactions that do not follow
this expected flow.
Based on the results of the procedures described above we did not find any material exceptions.
We have assessed the related disclosures in the Group financial statements and consider them to be appropriate.
Independent auditors’ report to the members of Trainline plc
Report on the audit of the financial statements
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
96
Key audit matter
How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Recoverability of investments in subsidiary undertakings
(parent)
The Parent Company holds a significant investment in its subsidiary
undertaking (£1,892m). In accordance with FRS 101, this asset is
subject to impairment testing when a triggering event or change in
circumstances indicates that the carrying value may not be recoverable.
The carrying value of Investment is dependent on the overall valuation
of the group, based on the forecast discounted cash flows from the
subsidiary companies to which the investment relates or the fair value
of the group less costs to sell.
As at 28 February 2023, the carrying value of the investment is higher
than both the market capitalisation of the group and the total group
consolidated assets, and as such, there is a heightened risk in respect
of the recoverability of this balance. Management used a value in
use model to perform an impairment assessment of this balance. No
impairment charge has been recorded against the Parent Company’s
investment in subsidiary undertaking in the current year.
The relevant disclosures have been made in note 3 of the Parent
Company financial statements.
We have performed the following procedures to assess the recoverability of the investment in the subsidiary undertaking:
We have obtained an understanding of the impairment assessment process and considered the design and implementation of
management’s controls. We did not note any deficiency in the internal controls assessed, however determined not to rely on these
controls as part of our audit response.
We evaluated management’s assessment of whether any indication of impairment existed, and confirmed that there was an impairment
indicator by comparing the carrying value of the investment in subsidiary undertaking to the market capitalisation of the Group as at
28 February 2023 and in the period subsequent to this date.
In order to assess whether an impairment was required we have tested Management’s calculation of the value in use of the investment,
by performing the following procedures:
Evaluating management’s future cash flow forecasts by obtaining the model prepared by management and:
Testing the mathematical accuracy and integrity of the model;
Agreeing the amounts used in the model to the Board approved forecasts;
Assessing the reliability of cash flow forecasts by comparing past performance to previous forecasts;
Identifying the key assumptions applied in the model, which namely comprise of the following:
Use of an 8 year forecast, in comparison to the 5 year forecast used in the goodwill impairment model referenced above.
Annual growth in NTS and Revenue: We compared management’s assumptions to industry benchmarks including current
market share data and implicit forecast market share data based on internally forecast growth projections.
Gross margin forecast: We compared this assumption to historical margins and understood the reason for any
significant differences.
EBITDA forecast: We considered forecast costs that have a significant impact on EBITDA, principally marketing expenses,
and compared management’s assumptions to historical trends.
Long term growth rate: Our expert reviewed the rate used to ensure that it was within our expected range.
Discount rates: Our expert reviewed the discount rates to ensure that management’s rates were within our expected range.
The discount rate used fell outside of our expected range, however we were able to conclude, through performing sensitivity
analysis, that this did not result in an impairment.
We did not find any material exceptions in these tests. In addition, to these specific procedures, we also performed a stand back
assessment to determine whether the conclusion of our findings were appropriate, this involved:
Considered the market capitalisation of the group when combined with a typical average market premium for FTSE 250 entities.
This analysis demonstrated that the market capitalisation plus a premium was above the carrying value of the investment for the
majority of the year, a strong indication that no impairment was required.
Evaluated the sensitivity of the outcomes to reasonably possible changes to the key assumptions.
Confirming that the cash flow forecasts for the individual cash generating units is in line with the underlying performance that
is used in the Group’s forecast results.
Considered events subsequent to the year-end date to identify any factors Trainline had not considered which indicated that an
impairment trigger existed at the year-end.
Based on the results of the procedures described above, we concur with the directors assessment that no impairment is required.
We have assessed the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, including significant estimates and the sensitivities
provided and consider them to be materially appropriate.
Independent auditors’ report to the members of Trainline plc
Report on the audit of the financial statements
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
97
Independent auditors’ report to the members of Trainline plc
Report on the audit of the financial statements
continued
How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give
an opinion on the financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the group
and the parent company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which
they operate.
The Group’s accounting process is structured around a Group finance function located across
London and Edinburgh, who maintain accounting records and controls for the majority of the
group, and a local finance function at the Group’s reporting unit in France.
In establishing the overall Group audit strategy and plan, we determined whether for each legal
entity within the group we required an audit of its complete financial information (‘full scope
audit’), or whether specific audit procedures to address a certain risk characteristic or financial
statement line item would be sufficient. The main trading entity of the Group, Trainline.com
Limited, is the only entity that is considered to be individually financially significant and therefore
the only reporting unit where a full scope audit was required. In addition, we determined that
specific audit procedures over certain account balances were required in a further two legal
entities to address specific risk characteristics and provide sufficient overall Group coverage. In
addition to procedures performed on specific reporting entities, work was performed over the
consolidation, including consolidation entries relating to equity and goodwill, and over financial
statement disclosures. All of the audit procedures are performed by the Group audit engagement
team with no use of component auditors.
We used data audit testing, where possible to obtain more audit evidence than would have been
obtained from sample based substantive testing. We are able to use these techniques as part of
our audit of commission fee income from UK rail ticket sales and to select journal entries
for testing.
The Group team also performed audit procedures over the Company’s financial position and results.
In aggregate, our audit procedures covered 100% of Group revenue; 80% of Group profit before
tax and 99% of Group total assets. In addition, the Group audit team performed analytical review
procedures over the remaining, untested, legal entities within the Group. This included an analysis
of year-on-year movements, at a level of disaggregation to enable a focus on higher risk balances
and unusual movements. Those not subject to analytical review procedures were individually, and
in aggregate, immaterial. This gave us the evidence we needed for our opinion on the financial
statements as a whole.
The impact of climate risk on our audit
As part of our audit we made enquiries of management to understand the extent of the
potential impact of climate risk on the Group’s financial statements, and we remained alert
when performing our audit procedures for any indicators of the impact of climate risk.
For example, we challenged management on the impact of any climate related risks when
performing our procedures over the group and CGU cash flow forecasts, ultimately concurring
with management that this is not a material risk. Our procedures did not identify any material
impact of climate risk on the Group’s and Company’s financial statements.
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative
thresholds for materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine
the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual
financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both
individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as
a whole as follows:
Financial statements - group
Financial statements - parent company
Overall
materiality
£2.4m (FY22: £1.7m).
£18.9m (FY22: £19m).
How we
determined it
0.75% of Total Revenues for FY23
1% of total assets
Rationale for
benchmark
applied
Based on the benchmarks used in the
Annual Report and Accounts 2023,
revenue is one of the financial statement
line items of key focus for investors and
management. We have used revenue
as a benchmark for materiality, which is
consistent with the prior year, reflecting
inconsistent levels of profitability due to
the impacts of the Covid-19 pandemic.
We have used Total Revenues in FY23,
as opposed to average revenues in the
prior year, reflecting the normalisation
of revenue post covid-19. By adopting
this approach we have applied a level
of materiality that is appropriate to the
underlying performance of the business.
We believe that total assets is the primary
measure used by the shareholders in
assessing the performance and position
of the entity and reflects the Company’s
principal activity as a holding Company.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
98
Independent auditors’ report to the members of Trainline plc
Report on the audit of the financial statements
continued
Materiality
continued
For each component in the scope of our group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than
our overall group materiality. The materiality allocated to components was £2.1m.
We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that
the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality.
Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the
nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures,
for example in determining sample sizes. Our performance materiality was 75% (FY22: 75%) of
overall materiality, amounting to £1.8m (FY22: £1.3m) for the group financial statements and
£14.2m (FY22: £14.3m) for the parent company financial statements.
In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors - the history
of misstatements, risk assessment and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls - and
concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range was appropriate.
We agreed with the Audit and Risk Committee that we would report to them misstatements
identified during our audit above £122,680 (group audit) (FY22: £85,000) and £948,000 (parent
company audit) (FY22: £949,000) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our
view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.
Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the group’s and the parent company’s ability to
continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:
Obtaining from management their assessment which supports the Board’s conclusions with
respect to going concern basis of preparation of the financial statements;
Testing the mathematical integrity of the cash flow forecasts and the models and reconciling
these to the Board approved budgets;
Identifying the key assumptions applied in the base case scenario, which comprises growth
in Net ticket sales and the associated Revenue and Cost of sales growth. We evaluated these
key assumptions by:
Comparing management’s assumptions to external factors including market trends,
Trainline’s market share and pre-Covid-19 levels of performance.
Comparing gross margin forecasts to historical margins.
Identifying and assessing management’s alternate downside scenarios, and considering
whether these were appropriately severe but plausible scenarios, particularly in the light
of the uncertainty surrounding the UK rail reform and current macroeconomic pressures.
Considering the availability of additional mitigating actions, in particular assessing
the reasonableness of potential mitigating actions based on historical execution
and feasibility.
Examining the debt agreements in place to understand the terms and conditions of these
borrowings, including associated covenants so as to ensure these were appropriately
considered in management’s going concern assessment.
Confirming current borrowings to third party evidence as at 28 February 2023 and considered
the Group’s available financing and maturity profile.
Assessing the completeness of the going concern disclosures in the Annual Report and
Accounts 2023; and
Assessing the reliability of the cash flow forecasts by comparing actual performance to
forecasts, specifically performing look back testing over the results of FY22 and FY23.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties
relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on
the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at
least twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going
concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate.
However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a
guarantee as to the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
In relation to the directors’ reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance
Code, we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors’
statement in the financial statements about whether the directors considered it appropriate to
adopt the going concern basis of accounting.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are
described in the relevant sections of this report.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
99
Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the
financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon. The directors are responsible for the
other information, which includes reporting based on the Task Force on Climate-related
Financial Disclosures (TCFD) recommendations. Our opinion on the financial statements
does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or,
except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.
In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other
information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent
with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears
to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material
misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material
misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information.
If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of
this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on
these responsibilities.
With respect to the Strategic report and Directors’ report, we also considered whether the
disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 have been included.
Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us
also to report certain opinions and matters as described below.
Strategic report and Directors’ report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information
given in the Strategic report and Directors’ report for the year ended 28 February 2023 is
consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable
legal requirements.
In light of the knowledge and understanding of the group and parent company and their
environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did not identify any material misstatements
in the Strategic report and Directors’ report.
Directors’ Remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly
prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.
Corporate governance statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ statements in relation to going concern,
longer-term viability and that part of the corporate governance statement relating to the parent
company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for
our review. Our additional responsibilities with respect to the corporate governance statement
as other information are described in the Reporting on other information section of this report.
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the
following elements of the corporate governance statement is materially consistent with
the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit, and we have
nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to:
The directors’ confirmation that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging
and principal risks;
The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those principal risks, what procedures
are in place to identify emerging risks and an explanation of how these are being managed
or mitigated;
The directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether they considered it
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing them, and their
identification of any material uncertainties to the group’s and parent company’s ability to
continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the
financial statements;
The directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the group’s and parent company’s
prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period is appropriate; and
The directors’ statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the parent
company will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over
the period of its assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any
necessary qualifications or assumptions.
Our review of the directors’ statement regarding the longer-term viability of the group and
parent company was substantially less in scope than an audit and only consisted of making
inquiries and considering the directors’ process supporting their statement; checking that
the statement is in alignment with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance
Code; and considering whether the statement is consistent with the financial statements and
our knowledge and understanding of the group and parent company and their environment
obtained in the course of the audit.
Independent auditors’ report to the members of Trainline plc
Report on the audit of the financial statements
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
100
Corporate governance statement
continued
In addition, based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of
the following elements of the corporate governance statement is materially consistent with the
financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit:
The directors’ statement that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair,
balanced and understandable, and provides the information necessary for the members to
assess the group’s and parent company’s position, performance, business model and strategy;
The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk
management and internal control systems; and
The section of the Annual Report describing the work of the Audit and Risk Committee.
We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when the directors’
statement relating to the parent company’s compliance with the Code does not properly
disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the Code specified under the Listing Rules for
review by the auditors.
Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ responsibilities, the directors are
responsible for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable
framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The directors are also
responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of
financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the group’s
and the parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable,
matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the
directors either intend to liquidate the group or the parent company or to cease operations, or
have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as
a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an
auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance,
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect
a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to
influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations.
We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material
misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures
are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.
Based on our understanding of the group and industry, we identified that the principal risks
of non-compliance with laws and regulations related to legal and governance requirements
of Trainline operating as a publicly listed company, and we considered the extent to which
non-compliance might have a material effect on the financial statements. We also considered
those laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the financial statements such as the
Companies Act 2006, UK tax legislation as applicable to the group and specific rail industry
licence regulations. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent
manipulation of the financial statements (including the risk of override of controls) and
determined that the principal risks were related to manipulation of the financial statements
to overstate revenue through the posting of inappropriate journal entries, or EBITDA through
manipulating expense classification or inappropriately capitalising costs to intangibles. Audit
procedures performed by the engagement team included:
Identifying and testing of journal entries based on our risk assessment criteria, in particular
any journals with unusual account combinations which inflate revenue or EBITDA;
Evaluated the design and implementation of controls over journal entries;
Reviewing board minutes throughout the financial year and post year end to identify any unusual
items such as suspicious activity, non-compliance, breaches of laws or potential litigation;
Review of financial statements disclosures for compliance with Companies Act 2006;
Assessing compliance with the tax legislation through our audit work over the payroll, VAT
and corporation tax;
Performing enquiries of the Directors, management and legal counsel and inspection of
regulatory and legal correspondence; and
Incorporating unpredictability into our audit plan; and
Performing testing over the intangible asset additions in the period to ensure that there is no
evidence of inappropriately capitalised costs; and
Challenging assumptions made by management in determining significant accounting
estimates and judgements. This has included testing significant accounting estimates and
judgements to supporting documentation, considering alternative information where available.
Independent auditors’ report to the members of Trainline plc
Report on the audit of the financial statements
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
101
Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
continued
Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
continued
There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to
become aware of instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations that are not closely
related to events and transactions reflected in the financial statements. Also, the risk of not
detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one
resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or
intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.
Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and
balances, possibly using data auditing techniques. However, it typically involves selecting a
limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often
seek to target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other
cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the population from
which the sample is selected.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located
on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of
our auditors’ report.
Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the parent company’s
members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for
no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any
other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may
come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.
Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns
adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
the parent company financial statements and the part of the Directors’ remuneration report
to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.
We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.
Appointment
Following the recommendation of the Audit and Risk Committee, we were appointed by
the members on 8 September 2021 to audit the financial statements for the year ended
28 February 2022 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted
engagement is two years, covering the years ended 28 February 2022 to 28 February 2023.
Other matter
As required by the Financial Conduct Authority Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rule
4.1.14R, these financial statements form part of the ESEF-prepared annual financial report filed
on the National Storage Mechanism of the Financial Conduct Authority in accordance with the
ESEF Regulatory Technical Standard (‘ESEF RTS’). This auditors’ report provides no assurance
over whether the annual financial report has been prepared using the single electronic format
specified in the ESEF RTS.
Jaskamal Sarai (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
Reading
4 May 2023
Independent auditors’ report to the members of Trainline plc
Report on the audit of the financial statements
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
102
Consolidated income statement
For the year ended 28 February 2023
Continuing operations
Notes
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Net ticket sales
1
4,323,298
2,520,272
Revenue
3
327,147
188,513
Cost of sales
(74,923)
(44,626)
Gross profit
252,224
143,887
Administrative expenses
(224,585)
(154,200)
Adjusted EBITDA
1
86,098
39,046
Depreciation and amortisation
9, 10
(41,167)
(42,576)
Share-based payment charges
15
(17,292)
(6,783)
Operating profit/(loss)
27,639
(10,313)
Finance income
6
4,721
3,950
Finance costs
6
(10,270)
(9,179)
Net finance costs
6
(5,549)
(5,229)
Profit/(loss) before tax
22,090
(15,542)
Income tax (expense)/credit
7
(873)
3,637
Profit/(loss) after tax
21,217
(11,905)
Earnings per share (pence)
Basic earnings/(loss) per ordinary share
8
4.53p
(2.49)p
Diluted earnings/(loss) per ordinary share
2
8
4.48p
(2.49)p
1
Non-GAAP measure
see alternative performance measures section on page 138.
2
As the Group incurred a loss in FY2022 the impact of its potential dilutive ordinary shares have been excluded as they
would be anti-dilutive.
The notes on pages 107 to 137 form part of the Financial Statements.
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 28 February 2023
Notes
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Profit/(loss) after tax
21,217
(11,905)
Items that may be reclassified to the income
statement:
Remeasurements of defined benefit liability
17
16
10
Foreign exchange movement
1,873
(1,393)
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net of tax
1,889
(1,383)
Total comprehensive income/(loss)
23,106
(13,288)
The notes on pages 107 to 137 form part of the Financial Statements.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
103
Consolidated balance sheet
At 28 February 2023
Notes
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Non-current assets
Intangible assets
9
66,827
69,794
Goodwill
9
420,710
417,360
Property, plant and equipment
10
21,189
24,877
Deferred tax asset
7
26,950
12,565
535,676
524,596
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
57,337
68,496
Trade and other receivables
11
60,158
48,314
Current tax receivable
7
1,599
117,495
118,409
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
12
(200,202)
(227,729)
Loan and borrowings
13
(4,891)
(4,914)
Current tax payable
7
(7,642)
(212,735)
(232,643)
Net current liabilities
(95,240)
(114,234)
Total assets less current liabilities
440,436
410,362
Non-current liabilities
Loan and borrowings
13
(149,014)
(149,996)
Provisions
14
(778)
(873)
(149,792)
(150,869)
Net assets
290,644
259,493
Notes
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Equity
Share capital
16
4,807
4,807
Share premium
16
1,198,703
1,198,703
Foreign exchange reserve
16
3,328
1,455
Other reserves
16
(1,128,978)
(1,136,661)
Retained earnings
16
212,784
191,189
Total equity
290,644
259,493
The notes on pages 107 to 137 form part of the Financial Statements.
These Financial Statements were approved by the Board of Directors of Trainline plc (registered
number 11961132) on 4 May 2023 and were signed on its behalf by
Jody Ford
Peter Wood
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer
4 May 2023
4 May 2023
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
104
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 28 February 2023
Notes
Share
capital
£’000
Share
premium
£’000
Other
reserves
£’000
Foreign exchange
reserve
£’000
Retained
earnings
£’000
Total
equity
£’000
Balance as at 1 March 2022
4,807
1,198,703
(1,136,661)
1,455
191,189
259,493
Profit after tax
21,217
21,217
Other comprehensive income
1,873
16
1,889
Acquisition of treasury shares
(7,947)
(7,947)
Share-based payment charges
1
15
15,992
15,992
Transfer between reserves
1
16
(362)
362
Balance as at 28 February 2023
4,807
1,198,703
(1,128,978)
3,328
212,784
290,644
For the year ended 28 February 2022
Notes
Share
capital
£’000
Share
premium
£’000
Other
reserves
£’000
Foreign exchange
reserve
£’000
Retained
earnings
£’000
Total
equity
£’000
Balance as at 1 March 2021
4,807
1,198,703
(1,124,992)
2,848
202,139
283,505
Profit after tax
(11,905)
(11,905)
Other comprehensive income
(1,393)
10
(1,383)
Acquisition of treasury shares
16
(16,600)
(16,600)
Share-based payment charges
1
15
5,876
5,876
Transfer between reserves
1
(945)
945
Balance as at 28 February 2022
4,807
1,198,703
(1,136,661)
1,455
191,189
259,493
1
Share-based payment charges noted here are net of tax, share issues and N.I. charge. Transfer between reserves relates to the difference between the share price at grant date of the exercised shares and the actual cost of the treasury shares purchased
to fulfil the share-based payment.
The notes on pages 107 to 137 form part of the Financial Statements.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
105
Consolidated statement of cash flow
For the year ended 28 February 2023
Cash flows from operating activities
Notes
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Profit/(loss) before tax
22,090
(15,542)
Adjustments for:
Depreciation and amortisation
9, 10
41,167
42,576
Net finance costs
1
6
5,549
5,229
Share-based payment charges
15
17,292
6,783
86,098
39,046
Changes in working capital:
Trade and other receivables
(13,986)
(33,562)
Trade and other payables
(29,097)
189,683
Cash generated from operating activities
43,015
195,167
Taxes (paid)/refunded
(4,135)
4,439
Net cash generated from operating activities
38,880
199,606
Cash flows from investing activities
Payments for intangible assets
(32,811)
(24,787)
Payments for property, plant and equipment
(2,408)
(4,557)
Net cash flow from investing activities
(35,219)
(29,344)
1
Including gain on convertible bond buyback as disclosed in Notes 6 and 13 for FY2023 and FY2022.
The notes on pages 107 to 137 form part of the Financial Statements.
Cash flows from financing activities
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Purchase of treasury shares
(7,947)
(16,600)
Proceeds from revolving credit facility
105,000
97,000
Repayment of revolving credit facility and other borrowings
(70,000)
(177,116)
Issue costs and fees
(3,251)
(110)
Buyback of convertible bonds
(28,189)
(31,307)
Payments of lease liabilities
(4,501)
(3,794)
Payment of interest on lease liabilities
(440)
(477)
Interest paid
(6,410)
(5,103)
Interest received
726
Net cash flows from financing activities
(15,012)
(137,507)
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
(11,351)
32,755
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
68,496
36,575
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
192
(834)
Closing cash and cash equivalents
57,337
68,496
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
106
1. Significant accounting policies
a) General information
Trainline plc (the ‘Company’) and subsidiaries controlled by the Company (together, the
‘Group’) are the leading independent rail and coach travel platform selling rail and coach
tickets worldwide. The Company is publicly listed on the London Stock Exchange (‘LSE’) and
is incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom. The Company’s registered address is
120 Holborn, London EC1N 2TD.
The Group Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 were approved by the
Directors on 4 May 2023.
The Group Financial Statements of Trainline plc have been prepared in accordance with
UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and with the requirements of the
Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting under those standards.
The accounting policies set out in the sections below have, unless otherwise stated, been
applied consistently to all periods presented within the Financial Statements and have been
applied consistently by all subsidiaries.
b) Basis of consolidation
The Group Financial Statements consolidate those of the Company and its subsidiaries (together
referred to as the ‘Group’).
The Financial Statements presented herein are for the year from 1 March 2022 to 28 February 2023.
(i) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it is
exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the
ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The financial statements of
subsidiaries are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements from the date on which
control commences until the date on which control ceases. Control is achieved when the
Group (i) has power over the investee; (ii) is exposed, or has rights to variable returns from
its involvement with the investee; and (iii) has the ability to use its power to affect the returns.
(ii) Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and expenses arising from
intra-group transactions, are eliminated.
c) Basis of measurement
The Group and Parent Company Financial Statements are prepared on the historical cost basis
except for the following:
Derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value
Financial instruments at fair value through the income statement are measured at fair value
d) Functional and presentation currency
The Financial Statements are presented in pound sterling (£GBP), which is the functional
currency of the Parent Company. All amounts have been rounded to the nearest thousand,
unless otherwise indicated.
e) Going concern
The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which
assumes that the Group will be able to meet its liabilities as they fall due over at least the next
12 months from the date of the approval of these Financial Statements (the ‘going concern
assessment period’) including consideration of the covenants associated with the Group’s
revolving credit facility at the next covenant test dates on 31 August 2023 and 28 February 2024,
being the two relevant dates in this period.
The UK Corporate Governance Code requires the Board to assess and report on the prospects
of the Group and whether the business is a going concern. The Directors have undertaken a
rigorous assessment of going concern and liquidity, taking into account financial forecasts and
any key uncertainties and sensitivities.
Positive adjusted EBITDA of £86.1 million was earned in the period (FY2022: £39.0 million
adjusted EBITDA) and net debt at 28 February 2023 was £100.4 million (FY2022: £90.3 million)
resulting in a reduction in net debt/adjusted EBITDA leverage ratio from 2.31 at 28 February
2022 to 1.17 at 28 February 2023. As at 28 February 2023, the Group was in a net current
liability position of £95.2 million driven by the negative working capital cycle whereby ticket
sales amounts are received before amounts due are paid by carriers (FY2022: £114.2 million
net current liability position). The Group has in place bank guarantees that can be utilised to
settle trade creditors balances of £72.2m (FY2022: £51.3m). Bank guarantees are issued by
lenders under the Group’s revolving credit facility and therefore reduce the Group’s remaining
available facility. Despite the net current liability position, the Group has access to £192.8 million
additional funds under its revolving credit facility (FY2022: £273.7m). As such the Group has
sufficient liquidity to easily cover the net current liability position.
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
107
1. Significant accounting policies
continued
e) Going concern
continued
The Directors performed a detailed going concern review using Board-approved forecasts
(the ‘base case’) as well as considering two severe but plausible downside scenarios in isolation,
without any mitigations, and their potential impact on the Group’s forecast. The severe but
plausible downside scenarios modelled were: (1) a 15% reduction in forecast Group adjusted
EBITDA caused by a circa 8% reduction in UK revenue, or a circa 12% increase in Group
marketing and other administrative expenses; and (2) a 1% increase above the forecast
SONIA interest rate benchmark.
In the base case and both severe but plausible downside scenarios the Group is able to
continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due, with significant excess liquidity.
This includes complying with the net debt to adjusted EBITDA and the interest coverage
covenant requirements at the 31 August 2023 and 28 February 2024 test dates.
Following the assessment described above, the Directors are confident that the Group has
adequate resources to continue to meet its liabilities as they fall due and to remain in operation
for the going concern assessment period. The Board has therefore continued to adopt the
going concern basis in preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements.
f)
Cost of sales
Cost of sales include costs in relation to the provision of rail tickets, industry system costs, ancillary
services and settlement and fulfilment costs and are recognised as incurred (at the point of sale).
Change in presentation of UK rail industry system costs
The Group has changed its accounting presentation on the allocation of UK rail industry systems
costs payable to the Rail Delivery Group which were historically presented within administrative
expenses on the basis that these costs reflect the Group’s share of total industry system costs.
Since these costs are also incurred on the sale of UK rail tickets on a per reservation basis, the
Group has changed its accounting presentation to present these amounts in cost of sales to
provide more reliable and relevant information about the effects of the costs on the Group’s
financial performance. This change in accounting presentation was effective as at 1 March 2022
with retrospective application made to prior periods and disclosed in these Group
Financial Statements.
In FY2023, £8.4 million in UK rail industry systems costs payable to the Rail Delivery Group have
been presented in cost of sales. UK rail industry systems costs payable to the Rail Delivery Group
incurred in prior periods have been reallocated from administrative expenses to cost of sales on
the face of the consolidated income statement (FY2022: £8.9 million).
g) Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of Group
companies at exchange rates applicable on the dates of the transactions.
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated to the functional
currency at exchange rate at the reporting date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are
measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated to the functional currency at the
exchange rate when the fair value was determined. Foreign currency differences arising on
translation are generally recognised in the income statement. Non-monetary items that are
measured based on historical cost in foreign currency are not retranslated.
For the purpose of presenting the Consolidated Financial Statements, the assets and liabilities
of entities with a functional currency other than sterling are expressed in sterling using exchange
rates prevailing at the reporting period date. Income and expense items and cash flows are
translated at the average exchange rates for each month and exchange differences arising
are recognised directly in other comprehensive income.
h) Use of judgements and estimates
In preparing these Financial Statements, management has made judgements, estimates and
assumptions that affect the application of the accounting policies and the reported amounts
of assets, liabilities, income and expenses.
Key source of estimation uncertainty
Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Actual results may
differ from these estimates. Revision to estimates are recognised prospectively.
The following estimate is deemed significant as it has been identified by management as
one which could result in a material adjustment in the next financial year:
Note 9 – Goodwill impairment test: key assumptions underlying recoverable amounts
The Group tests goodwill for impairment annually by comparing the carrying amount against the
recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less costs of disposal
and value in use. There is significant estimation uncertainty in estimating the future cash flows
and the time period over which they will occur. There is also estimation uncertainty in arriving at
an appropriate discount rate to apply to the cashflows as well as an appropriate terminal growth
rate. Each of these assumptions have an impact on the overall value of cashflows expected and
therefore the headroom between the cashflows and carrying values of the cash generating units.
As such, each of these constitute estimates in the assessment of the recoverable amount of
goodwill in respect of both the UK consumer and International consumer cash-generating
units (‘CGUs’). Details of the impact of reasonably possible changes to the future cash flows
and timing of these are evaluated in Note 9 to the Financial Statements.
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
108
1. Significant accounting policies
continued
h) Use of judgements and estimates
continued
Critical accounting judgements
Critical accounting judgements are those that the Group has made in the process of applying
the Group’s accounting policies and that have the most significant effect on the amounts
recognised in the financial statements:
Note 9: Capitalisation of internal software development costs
The Group capitalises internal costs directly attributable to the development of intangible
assets. We consider this a critical judgement given the application of IAS 38 involves the
assessment of several different criteria that can be subjective and/or complex in determining
whether the costs meet the threshold for capitalisation. During the year, the Group has
capitalised internal development costs amounting to £32.2million (FY2022: £24.9million).
While the Group makes judgements in determining the basis for recognition of these
internally developed assets, these judgements are formed in the context of robust
systems and controls.
i)
New standards and interpretations adopted
A number of new standards are effective from 1 March 2022, but they do not have a material
effect on the Group’s Financial Statements.
The following adopted IFRS have been issued but have not been applied by the Group in these
consolidated Financial Statements. Their adoption is not expected to have a material effect on
the Financial Statements unless otherwise indicated:
Onerous Contracts: Cost of Fulfilling a Contract – Amendments to IAS 37 (effective date
1 January 2022);
Reference to the Conceptual Framework – Amendments to IFRS 3 (effective date
1 January 2022);
Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use – Amendments to IAS 16
(effective date 1 January 2022); and
Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020 (effective date 1 January 2022).
2. Operating segments
Management organises the Group around differences in services and geographical areas.
Operating segments have not been aggregated. In accordance with IFRS 8 Operating Segments,
management presents its operating segments based on internal information that is provided to
the Board, who is the Group’s chief operating decision maker (‘CODM’).
As a result, the Group has changed its presentation of information to the CODM during FY2023
to better reflect the nature of the Group’s operations. As of FY2023, the Group reports its
technology platform and Trainline Solutions results together within one segment (Trainline
Solutions). The Group continues to report results on UK Consumer in the same manner
as previously. International Consumer results are reported on a standalone basis, with
International Trainline Solutions now being reported within ‘Trainline Solutions’.
The Group has determined that it now has three reportable segments: UK Consumer,
International Consumer, and Trainline Solutions. FY2023 segmental disclosures have been
prepared to reflect this structure, with prior period comparatives restated on this basis.
UK Consumer – Travel apps and websites for individual travellers for journeys within the UK
International Consumer – Travel apps and websites for individual travellers for journeys
outside the UK; and
Trainline Solutions
1
– Travel portal platforms for Trainline’s own branded business units, in
addition to external corporates, travel management companies and white label ecommerce
platforms for Train Operating Companies.
No single customer accounted for 10% or more of the Group’s sales. In general, the transfer
pricing policy implemented by the Group is market-based.
As of FY2023, the CODM reviews discrete information by segment disaggregated to adjusted
EBITDA to better assess performance and to assist in resource-allocation decisions.
The CODM monitors:
the three operating segments’ results at the level of net ticket sales, revenue, gross profit and
adjusted EBITDA (as shown in this disclosure); and
no results at a profit before/after tax level or in relation to the statement of financial position
are reported to the CODM at a lower level than the consolidated Group.
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
1
The Group’s technology platform, UK Trainline Solutions and International Trainline Solutions are collectively referred to as
‘Trainline Solutions’.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
109
2. Operating segments
continued
Segmental analysis for the year ended 28 February 2023:
UK
Consumer
£’000
International
Consumer
£’000
Trainline
Solutions
£’000
Total
Group
£’000
Net ticket sales
2,811,299
914,506
597,493
4,323,298
Revenue
172,066
45,387
109,694
327,147
Cost of sales
(50,211)
(15,318)
(9,394)
(74,923)
Gross profit
121,855
30,069
100,300
252,224
Marketing costs
(21,871)
(42,517)
(459)
(64,847)
Other administrative
expenses
(28,729)
(9,415)
(63,135)
(101,279)
Adjusted EBITDA
71,255
(21,863)
36,706
86,098
Depreciation and
amortisation
(41,167)
Share-based payment
charges
(17,292)
Operating profit
27,639
Net finance costs
(5,549)
Profit before tax
22,090
Income tax expense
(873)
Profit after tax
21,217
Segmental analysis for the year ended 28 February 2022
1
:
UK
Consumer
£’000
International
Consumer
£’000
Trainline
Solutions
£’000
Total
Group
£’000
Net ticket sales
1,811,715
406,575
301,982
2,520,272
Revenue
108,583
13,843
66,087
188,513
Cost of sales
(31,964)
(7,199)
(5,463)
(44,626)
Gross profit
76,619
6,644
60,624
143,887
Marketing costs
(14,949)
(14,697)
(380)
(30,026)
Other administrative
expenses
(24,442)
(4,450)
(45,923)
(74,815)
Adjusted EBITDA
37,228
(12,503)
14,321
39,046
Depreciation and
amortisation
(42,576)
Share-based payment
charges
(6,783)
Operating loss
(10,313)
Net finance costs
(5,229)
Loss before tax
(15,542)
Income tax expense
3,637
Loss after tax
(11,905)
1
Prior period comparatives have been restated to reflect the change in reportable segments during the year.
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
110
3. Revenue
Accounting policy
Consumer
Commission revenue is earned from carriers on net ticket sales and service charges billed to
customers. Each sale or refund transaction represents a separate performance obligation,
and the related revenue is recognised at the time of the sale or refund. The Group acts as an
agent in respect of commission fee sale transactions, as it does not control the services prior
to transferring them to its customers. The Group acts as principal in respect of service fees,
settlement fees and fulfilment fees, as the Group has full entitlement to the respective amounts.
In respect of ancillary fees, the Group acts as principal or agent based on the nature of the fee.
Trainline Solutions
Revenue earned from branded travel portal platforms is recognised in three key elements
represented by bespoke feature builds, monthly maintenance, and commission and service fees
earned per transaction processed. Each of these elements represents a separate performance
obligation. Revenue is recognised over time, as each performance obligation is satisfied,
for specific feature builds, and at point in time for bespoke feature builds, maintenance,
commission and service fees. For contracts with customers, invoices are raised upon satisfaction
of performance obligations, with payment due within 30 days. Internal service fee revenue is
generated through internal fees charged on a per transaction basis.
The Group’s operations and main revenue streams are those described in these Financial
Statements. The Group’s revenue is derived from contracts with customers and is disaggregated
by primary geographical market and timing of revenue recognition.
2023
2022
Timing of revenue recognition
£’000
£’000
At point in time
Over time
327,147
187,166
1,347
Total revenue
327,147
188,513
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
Geographic information
In presenting the below information based on geography, revenue is based on the geographical
location of the customers. This differs from Note 2 which discloses revenue based on the
geographical location of the journey undertaken.
2023
2022
£’000
£’000
UK
Rest of the world
259,207
67,940
166,746
21,767
Total revenue
327,147
188,513
Contract balances
The Group’s contract balances consist of trade receivables, contract assets and contract
liabilities. Trade receivables are disclosed in Note 11.
The contract assets primarily relate to the Group’s rights to consideration for services provided
but not invoiced at the reporting date. The contract assets are transferred to receivables when
invoiced. The Group’s contract assets amounted to £10.1 million (FY2022: £4.4 million) which are
included in Note 11.
The contract liabilities primarily relate to the advance consideration received from customers,
for which revenue is recognised when the services are deemed to be provided. The contract
liabilities amounted to £0.5 million (FY2022: £0.2 million, of which £0.2m was recognised in
revenue during FY2023) which are included within deferred revenue in Note 12.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
111
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
4. Auditors’ remuneration
This note details a breakdown of the auditors’ remuneration recognised across the Group.
During the year, the Group obtained the following services from its auditors:
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
1
Audit of these Financial Statements
471
351
Audit of Financial Statements of subsidiaries
pursuant to legislation
84
80
Audit-related assurance services
52
52
Other non-audit services
Total auditors remuneration
607
483
1
In FY2022, all amounts other than £34k paid to KPMG in relation to the statutory audit of Trainline SAS were paid to
member firms of PwC, being the Group’s auditors for this financial year and the prior financial year. In the current year all
amounts were paid to PwC.
5. Employee benefit expenses
Staff costs presented in this note reflect the total wage, tax, pension and share-based payment
charge relating to employees of the Group. These costs are allocated between administrative
expenses, cost of sales or capitalised where appropriate as part of software development
intangible assets. The allocation between these areas is dependent on the area of business
the employee works in and the activities they have undertaken.
Average number of full-time equivalent employees
2023
Number of
employees
2022
Number of
employees
Sales and marketing
119
95
Operations
147
135
Technology and product
511
348
Management and administration
135
112
Total number of employees
1
912
690
1
In determining the monthly employee numbers, in respect of leavers and joiners, management has pro-rated employee
numbers based on the % of the month that they were employed within the Group.
Employee benefits expense
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Wages and salaries
73,449
55,380
Social security contributions
10,749
7,686
Contributions to defined contribution plans
2,993
2,313
Share-based payment expense
17,292
6,783
Total employee benefits
104,483
72,162
Details of Directors’ remuneration are disclosed in Note 23 under Transactions with key
management personnel of the Group.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
112
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
6. Finance income and finance costs
Net finance costs comprise bank interest income and interest expense on borrowings and
lease liabilities, as well as foreign exchange gains/losses and gains/losses on the repurchase
of convertible bonds.
On 26 July 2022, the Group entered into a new £325.0 million revolving credit facility which
replaced the Group’s previous £350.0 million revolving credit facility due to mature on
26 June 2024 (refer to Note 13 for further disclosure). Transaction costs of £2.7 million
incurred in relation to the Group’s former £350.0 million facility and not yet amortised
upon cancellation of this facility on 26 July 2022 were charged as finance costs in the year.
Accounting policy
Interest income and expense is recognised as it accrues in the income statement, using the
effective interest method. Foreign exchange gains and losses are recognised in the income
statement in accordance with the policy for foreign currency transactions set out in Note 1g.
Convertible bonds bought back and cancelled are derecognised from non-current liabilities as set
out in Note 13, with any gains and losses arising recognised in finance income and finance costs.
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Bank interest income
730
36
Gain on convertible bond buyback
3,987
3,914
Net foreign exchange gain
4
Finance income
4,721
3,950
Interest and fees on bank loans
(8,856)
(5,777)
Net foreign exchange loss
(927)
Interest and fees on convertible bonds
(886)
(1,878)
Interest on lease liability
(528)
(594)
Other interest
(3)
Finance costs
(10,270)
(9,179)
Net finance costs recognised in the income statement
(5,549)
(5,229)
7. Taxation
This note analyses the tax income for this financial year, which includes both current and deferred
tax. It also details tax accounting policies and presents a reconciliation between profit/(loss) before
tax in the income statement multiplied by the rate of corporation tax and the tax credit for the year.
The deferred tax section provides information on expected future tax charges and sets out the
assets and liabilities held across the Group.
Accounting policy
Income tax expense/credit comprises current and deferred tax. It is recognised in the income
statement except to the extent that it relates to a business combination, or items recognised
directly in equity or in other comprehensive income.
(i) Current tax
Current tax comprises the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss
for the period and any adjustment to tax payable or receivable in respect of previous years.
It is measured using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.
(ii) Deferred tax
Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts
of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation
purposes. Deferred tax is not recognised for:
temporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction that
is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss;
temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries, to the extent that the Group can
control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that they will
not reverse in the foreseeable future; and
taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.
Deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax losses, unused tax credits and deductible
temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be
available against which they can be used before their expiry. Deferred tax assets are
reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer
probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.
Amounts will be recognised first to the extent that taxable temporary differences exist and it is
considered probable that they will reverse and give rise to future taxable profits against which
losses or other assets may be utilised before their expiry. Assets will then be recognised to the
extent that forecasts or other evidence support the availability of future profits against which
assets may be realised.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
113
7. Taxation
continued
Accounting policy
continued
Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary differences
when they reverse, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. The
measurement of deferred tax reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner
in which the Group expects, at the reporting date, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its
assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only if certain criteria are met.
Amounts recognised in the income statement
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Current tax charge
Current year corporation tax
13,843
315
Adjustment in respect of prior years
670
3,444
Total current tax charge
14,513
3,759
Deferred tax credit
Current year
(9,302)
(1,364)
Adjustment in respect of prior years
(1,709)
(3,948)
Effect of tax rate change on deferred tax
(2,629)
(2,084)
Total deferred tax credit
(13,640)
(7,396)
Tax charge/(credit)
873
(3,637)
UK corporation tax was calculated at 19% (FY2022: 19%) of the taxable profit for the year.
Taxation for territories outside of the UK was calculated at the rates prevailing in the respective
jurisdictions. The total tax charge of £0.9 million (FY2022: credit of £3.6 million) is made up of a
current corporation tax charge of £14.5 million (FY2022: credit of £3.8 million) arising in the UK,
and a deferred tax credit of £13.6 million (FY2022: £7.4 million).
Included in the deferred tax credit is predominantly the credit arising from a remeasurement
of the tax losses at the tax rate of 25%, where the Group has opted not to utilise losses during
FY2022 and FY2023 at the prevailing tax rate of 19%, and will carry the losses forward to utilise
against profits in a future period (subject to tax at 25%).
The deferred tax credit in FY2023 also includes the unwind of deferred tax liabilities arising on
acquired intangibles and deferred tax on equity-settled share-based payment charges issued
during the period, where tax relief is obtained in the year the shares vest. The release of these
deferred tax assets and liabilities are accounting adjustments and do not impact the corporation
tax payable or receivable by the Group.
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Profit/(loss) before tax
22,090
(15,542)
Tax on profit/(loss) at standard UK rate of 19% (FY2022: 19%)
4,197
(2,971)
Effect of:
Expenses not deductible/income not deductible
(251)
1,147
Amounts not recognised
1
482
1,148
Effect of changes in tax rates
(2,629)
(2,626)
Adjustment in respect of prior years
(1,039)
(504)
Difference in overseas tax rates
2
Deferred tax credited to equity
85
Losses utilised
Other
113
82
Total tax charge/(credit)
873
(3,637)
Effective tax rate
4%
23%
1
Primarily relates to unrecognised losses which are either not expected to be recoverable or utilised in the short-term and
therefore not recognised as deferred tax assets.
The consolidated effective tax rate for FY2023 was 4% which is below the UK corporation
tax rate of 19% (FY2022: higher). The reduction in the effective tax rate primarily reflects the
remeasurement of deferred tax balances for the increase in the UK corporation tax rate to 25%,
and a prior period adjustment to recognise the French R&D Tax Credit receivable relating to
credits unused after three years which are repayable to Trainline SAS.
Tax (creditor)/debtor per the consolidated balance sheet:
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Current tax receivable
1,599
Current tax payable
(7,642)
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
114
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
7. Taxation
continued
Deferred tax asset/(liability) as at 28 February 2023:
Acquired
intangible assets
£’000
Tangible
assets and other
£’000
Share-based
payments
£’000
Losses carried
forward
£’000
Total
£’000
At 1 March 2022
(3,655)
(3,378)
1,237
18,361
12,565
Adjustment in respect of prior years
(2,190)
6,528
4,338
Adjustments posted through equity
(34)
779
745
Credit/(charge) to consolidated income statement
982
1,628
3,259
3,433
9,302
At 28 February 2023
(2,673)
(3,974)
5,275
28,322
26,950
Deferred tax asset/(liability) as at 28 February 2022:
Acquired
intangible assets
£’000
Tangible
assets and other
£’000
Share-based
payments
£’000
Losses carried
forward
£’000
Total
£’000
At 1 March 2021
(4,365)
(1,560)
1,227
9,781
5,083
Effect of increased tax rate on opening balance
(636)
(441)
174
2,987
2,084
Adjustment in respect of prior years
(1,600)
5,548
3,948
Adjustments posted through equity
(9)
94
85
Credit/(charge) to consolidated income statement
1,346
232
(258)
45
1,365
At 28 February 2022
(3,655)
(3,378)
1,237
18,361
12,565
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
115
8. Earnings per share
This note sets out the accounting policy that applies to the calculation of earnings per share,
and how the Group has calculated the shares to be included in basic and diluted earnings
per share (‘EPS’) calculations.
Accounting policy
The Group calculates earnings per share in accordance with the requirements of IAS 33
Earnings
Per Share.
Four types of earnings per share are reported:
(i) Basic earnings per share
Earnings attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Group for the period, divided by the
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period, adjusted for
treasury shares held.
(ii) Diluted earnings per share
Earnings attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Group, divided by the weighted average
number of shares outstanding used in the basic earnings per share calculation adjusted for the
effects of all dilutive ‘potential ordinary shares’.
(iii) Adjusted basic earnings per share
Earnings attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Group for the period, adjusted to remove
the impact of exceptional items, gain on purchase of convertible bonds, share-based payment
charges, amortisation of acquired intangibles and the tax impact of these items; divided by the
weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period.
(iv) Adjusted diluted earnings per share
Earnings attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Group for the period, adjusted to remove
the impact of exceptional items, gain on repurchase of convertible bonds, share-based payment
charges, amortisation of intangibles and the tax impact of these items; divided by the weighted
average number of shares outstanding used in the basic earnings per share calculation adjusted
for the effects of all dilutive ‘potential ordinary shares’.
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
2023
No. shares
Weighted average number of ordinary shares
Weighted average number of treasury shares
480,680,508
(11,834,556)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares
468,845,952
Dilutive impact of share options outstanding
4,216,223
Weighted average number of dilutive shares
473,062,175
2022
No. shares
Weighted average number of ordinary shares
Weighted average number of treasury shares
480,680,508
(3,096,733)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares
1
477,583,775
1
As the Group incurred a loss in FY2022, the impact of its potential dilutive ordinary shares has been excluded in the
FY2022 calculation as they would be anti-dilutive.
2023
2022
£’000
£’000
Profit/(loss) after tax
21,217
(11,905)
Earnings attributable to equity holders
21,217
(11,905)
Adjusted earnings
1
36,271
(3,844)
2023
pence
2022
pence
Profit/(loss) per share
Basic
Diluted
2
4.53p
4.48p
(2.49)p
(2.49)p
Adjusted profit/(loss) per share
Basic
Diluted
2
7.74p
7.67p
(0.80)p
(0.80)p
1
2
Refer to the alternative performance measures section for the calculation of adjusted earnings.
As the Group has incurred a loss in FY2022, the impact of its potential dilutive ordinary shares was excluded as they would
be anti-dilutive.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
116
9. Intangible assets and goodwill
The consolidated balance sheet contains a significant goodwill carrying value which arose when
the Group acquired subsidiaries and paid a higher amount than the fair value of the acquired
net assets. Goodwill is not amortised but is subject to an annual impairment review.
Impairment reviews of goodwill make use of estimates (see Note 1h).
Other intangible assets predominantly arise on acquisition of subsidiaries or are internally
developed. These intangible assets are amortised and tested for impairment when an indicator
of impairment exists.
Accounting policy
(i) Goodwill
Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration
transferred and the amount recognised for non-controlling interests, and any previous interest
held, over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. If the fair value of the net
assets acquired is in excess of the aggregate consideration transferred, the Group reassesses
whether it has correctly identified all of the assets acquired and all of the liabilities assumed and
reviews the procedures used to measure the amounts to be recognised at the acquisition date.
If the reassessment still results in an excess of the fair value of net assets acquired over the
aggregate consideration transferred, then the gain is recognised in the income statement.
After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses.
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from
the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units that are expected
to benefit from the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the
acquired business are assigned to those units.
(ii) Software development costs
Expenditure on research activities is recognised in the income statement as incurred.
External and internal development expenditure is capitalised only if the expenditure can be measured
reliably, the product or process is technically and commercially feasible, future economic benefits are
probable, and the Group intends to and has sufficient resources to complete development and to use
or sell the asset. Otherwise, it is recognised in the income statement as incurred. Subsequent to initial
recognition, development expenditure is measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and any
accumulated impairment losses. Internal development expenditure is managed by the development
team and the amount capitalised is monitored through time charged to projects.
(iii) Brand and customer lists
Brand and customer lists that are acquired by the Group have finite useful lives and are
measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses.
(iv) Subsequent expenditure
Subsequent expenditure is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits
embodied in the asset to which it relates. All other expenditure, including expenditure on
internally generated goodwill and brands, is recognised in the income statement as incurred.
(v) Amortisation
Amortisation is calculated to write off the cost of intangible assets less their estimated residual
values using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives and is recognised in
administrative expenses on the income statement. Goodwill is not amortised.
The estimated useful lives are as follows:
Software development
3–5 years
Brand valuation
10 years
Customer lists
Fully amortised
Amortisation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting date and
adjusted if appropriate.
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
117
9. Intangible assets and goodwill
continued
Intangible assets and goodwill as at 28 February 2023:
Software
Brand
development
1
valuation
3
£’000
£’000
Customer
lists
£’000
Goodwill
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost:
At 1 March 2022
Additions
Disposals
Exchange differences
2
147,410
32,174
(18,056)
51,738
92,690
11
442,555
3,350
734,393
32,185
(18,056)
3,350
At 28 February 2023
161,528
51,738
92,701
445,905
751,872
Accumulated amortisation and
impairment:
At 1 March 2022
Amortisation
Disposals
(93,488)
(29,840)
18,021
(35,967)
(5,167)
(92,589)
(110)
(25,195)
(247,239)
(35,117)
18,021
At 28 February 2023
(105,307)
(41,134)
(92,699)
(25,195)
(264,335)
Carrying amounts:
At 28 February 2023
56,221
10,604
2
420,710
487,537
1
2
3
Total software development includes £11.1m of assets which represent work in progress and which are not yet
depreciating (FY2022: £13.9m).
Effects of foreign exchange rate changes.
At FY2023, the remaining useful economic life was two years for brand valuation assets.
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
Intangible assets and goodwill as at 28 February 2022:
Software
Brand
development
1
valuation
3
£’000
£’000
Customer
lists
£’000
Goodwill
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost:
At 1 March 2021
Additions
1
Disposals
Exchange differences
2
132,755
25,090
(10,435)
51,738
92,690
444,652
(2,097)
721,835
25,090
(10,435)
(2,097)
At 28 February 2022
147,410
51,738
92,690
442,555
734,393
Accumulated amortisation
and impairment:
At 1 March 2021
Amortisation
Disposals
(74,328)
(29,595)
10,435
(30,800)
(5,167)
(90,676)
(1,913)
(25,195)
(220,999)
(36,675)
10,435
At 28 February 2022
(93,488)
(35,967)
(92,589)
(25,195)
(247,239)
Carrying amounts:
At 28 February 2022
53,922
15,771
101
417,360
487,154
1
Total additions include £24.9 million of internally developed intangible assets.
2
Effects of foreign exchange rate changes.
3
At FY2022, the remaining useful economic life was three years for brand valuation assets.
Of the amortisation charge for the year, £5.3 million (FY2022: £7.1 million) related to
the amortisation of intangible assets which were recognised on the Group’s acquisition
of Trainline.com Limited and Trainline SAS, while £29.1 million (FY2022: £29.6 million) related
to internally developed and purchased intangible assets recognised at historical cost.
Disposals in the year of £18.1 million (FY2022: £10.4 million) include £18.1m of fully amortised
internally developed software assets which were no longer in use.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
118
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
9. Intangible assets and goodwill
continued
Goodwill impairment testing
The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment by reviewing the carrying amount against the
recoverable amount of the investment. The recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less
costs of disposal and value in use. However, in line with IAS 36 Impairment of Assets, fair value
less costs of disposal is only determined where value in use would result in impairment.
Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated on acquisition to the cash-generating
units (‘CGUs’) that are expected to benefit from that business combination. The Group has carrying
value of goodwill totalling £420.7 million (FY2022: £417.3 million) which was initially recognised
upon the acquisition of Trainline.com Limited and Trainline SAS (formerly Capitaine Train SAS).
CGUs have been revised in FY2023 due to the revision of operating segments as described in
Note 2. This revision has resulted in two new CGUs (International Trainline Partner Solutions
and International Consumer) being created. These were formerly part of the International
CGU. All goodwill in the International CGU in the prior year has been allocated to the
International Consumer CGU in the current year. CGUs are allocated on a more granular
level than the operating segments. Impairment reviews were conducted on these revised
CGUs as summarised below:
FY2023 CGUs
2023
£’000
UK Consumer
351,271
International Consumer
69,439
UK Trainline Partner Solutions
International Trainline Partner Solutions
Total goodwill
420,710
FY2022 CGUs
2022
£’000
UK Consumer
351,271
International
66,089
UK Trainline Partner Solutions
Total goodwill
417,360
Assumptions
The key value in use assumptions were:
2023
UK
Consumer
2022
UK
Consumer
2023
International
Consumer
2022
International
Consumer
Pre-tax discount rate
1
10.9%
9.7%
13.2%
12.0%
Terminal growth rate
2
2.5%
2.5%
2.5%
2.5%
Number of years
forecasted before terminal
growth rate applied
5
5
5
5
1
The pre-tax discount rate is based upon the weighted average cost of capital reflecting specific principal risks and
uncertainties. The discount rate takes into account the risk-free rate of return, the market risk premium and beta factor.
2
The terminal growth rate reflects the expected growth into perpetuity of the business, taking into account the current
market and sector risks.
There has been no impairment charge for any CGU during the year (FY2022: nil).
As noted above, the key assumptions that form part of the value in use assessment are
the pre-tax discount rate, the terminal growth rate, the number of years forecasted before
terminal growth rate is applied and the underlying cash forecasts. The pre-tax discount rate
was determined based upon the weighted average cost of capital reflecting specific principal
risks and uncertainties. The discount rate takes into account the risk-free rate of return, the
market risk premium and beta factor reflecting the average beta for the Group and comparator
companies which are used in deriving the cost of equity. Further to this, the terminal growth
rate was determined based on the past inflation rate and is determined to reflect the long-term
growth potential of the Company and industry as a whole.
The Group prepares cash flow forecasts using five-year projections which are extrapolated
from the Board-approved three-year plan. The forecasts have been used in the value in use
calculation along with risk-adjusted discount rates. Cash flows beyond the five-year period are
extrapolated using a terminal growth rate. The forecasts reflect management’s expectations
and best estimates in determining EBITDA for each CGU. Management’s expectations and best
estimates are determined based on a detailed top-down and bottom-up forecasting process
which incorporates consideration of the Group’s strategy, expectations in respect of market size
and market share while also taking account of risks and uncertainties in the market. The core
assumptions in the cash flow forecasts used in the impairment testing were: UK
continues to
grow sales, driven by ongoing investment in the Trainline platform, the digitisation of ticketing
and supported by modal shift tailwinds; and International
strong continued sales growth at
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
119
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
9. Intangible assets and goodwill
continued
Goodwill impairment testing
continued
a higher level than the Group as a whole driven by investment in marketing and continued
development in the user experience. Where costs or assets in the forecast are not reported
to the CODM at a CGU level, as disclosed in Note 2, a reasonable and consistent allocation
basis is applied for the purposes of impairment testing.
Trading assumptions are based on estimates of market size, estimates of market share and
long-term economic forecasts.
As the International CGU is currently loss making, the cash flows are more sensitive to a
change in assumptions in the initial five-year forecast period than the UK Consumer CGU.
To reflect the higher level of uncertainty in the International forecasts, a premium is
applied to the discount rate.
Sensitivity analysis
The Group has conducted sensitivity analysis for reasonably possible changes to key
assumptions on each CGU’s value in use. This included either increasing the discount rates,
reducing the terminal growth rate, or reducing the anticipated future cash flows through
changes to revenue or costs in each of the years through to the terminal year. The sensitivity
assumptions applied to the value in use calculations are set out in the table below.
2023
UK
Consumer
2022
UK
Consumer
2023
International
Consumer
2022
International
Consumer
Increase in discount rate
1pt
1pt
1pt
1pt
Reduction in long-term
growth rate applied in
terminal year
0.5pt
0.5pt
0.5pt
0.5pt
Decrease in adjusted
EBITDA forecast in each
year
15%
15%
20%
20%
None of the individual reasonably possible scenarios listed above resulted in an impairment
charge to any of the CGUs.
10. Property, plant and equipment
This note details the physical assets used by the Group in running its business.
Accounting policy
Items of property, plant and equipment (‘PPE’) are measured at cost less accumulated
depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Any gain or loss on disposal of an item
of property, plant and equipment is recognised in the income statement. Depreciation is
calculated to write off the cost of items of property, plant and equipment less their estimated
residual values using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives and is generally
recognised in the income statement. The estimated useful lives of property, plant and
equipment are as follows:
Plant and equipment
3-7 years
Leasehold improvements
3-10 years/remaining lease length if shorter
Right-of-use assets
Lease length
The Group tests the carrying value of assets including right-of-use (‘ROU’) assets for impairment
if there is an indicator of impairment. PPE is included in the carrying value of the Group’s
CGUs and has been included in the CGU impairment assessments (see Note 9). There were
no additional indicators of specific impairment identified during the year relating to PPE
(FY2022: no indicators).
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
120
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
10. Property, plant and equipment
continued
Property, plant and equipment as at 28 February 2023:
Plant and
equipment
£’000
Leasehold
improvements
£’000
Right-of-use
assets
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost:
At 1 March 2022
7,379
6,984
27,461
41,824
Additions
2,089
522
2,611
Disposals
(1,739)
(149)
(108)
(1,996)
At 28 February 2023
7,729
6,835
27,875
42,439
Accumulated
depreciation and
impairment:
At 1 March 2022
(4,810)
(2,515)
(9,622)
(16,947)
Depreciation
(1,301)
(843)
(3,906)
(6,050)
Disposals
1,668
79
1,747
At 28 February 2023
(4,443)
(3,358)
(13,449)
(21,250)
Carrying amounts:
At 28 February 2023
3,286
3,477
14,426
21,189
Property, plant and equipment as at 28 February 2022:
Plant and
equipment
£’000
Leasehold
improvements
£’000
Right-of-use
assets
£’000
Total
£’000
Cost:
At 1 March 2021
9,671
4,448
26,861
40,980
Additions
1,771
2,536
600
4,907
Disposals
(4,063)
(4,063)
At 28 February 2022
7,379
6,984
27,461
41,824
Accumulated
depreciation and
impairment:
At 1 March 2021
(7,362)
(1,890)
(5,857)
(15,109)
Depreciation
(1,511)
(625)
(3,765)
(5,901)
Disposals
4,063
4,063
At 28 February 2022
(4,810)
(2,515)
(9,622)
(16,947)
Carrying amounts:
At 28 February 2022
2,569
4,469
17,839
24,877
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
121
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
11. Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables include amounts due from credit card companies for consumer
ticket sales and amounts due from business customers and Train Operating Companies on
account. The contract assets primarily relate to the Group’s rights to consideration for services
provided but not invoiced at the reporting date. Prepayments consist of payments made prior
to year end in respect of transactions in the normal course of business.
Receivables are held with the objective to collect the contractual cash flows and are therefore
recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective
interest rate method, less provision for impairment. A provision for the expected loss on trade
and other receivables is established at inception. This is modified when there is a change in
the credit risk. The amount of the expected loss is considered immaterial for the Group.
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Trade receivables
38,031
37,580
Other receivables
5,276
1,300
Prepayments
6,692
5,033
Contract assets
10,159
4,401
Total trade and other receivables
60,158
48,314
There is no material difference between the carrying value and fair value of trade and other
receivables. See Note 19 for more detail on the trade and other receivables accounting policy.
12. Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables include liabilities for ticket sale monies to be passed on to carriers, as
well as accounts payable and accruals for general business expenditure and deferred revenue.
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Trade payables
158,922
190,661
Accruals
36,241
34,043
Other creditors
4,503
2,800
Deferred revenue
536
225
Total trade and other payables
200,202
227,729
There is no material difference between the carrying value and fair value of trade and other
payables presented. See Note 19 for more detail on the trade and other payables accounting policy.
13. Loans and borrowings
This note details a breakdown of the various loans and borrowings of the Group. It also provides
the terms and repayment dates of each of these.
Accounting policy
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less attributable transaction costs incurred.
Subsequent to initial recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost
using the effective interest method. At the date borrowings are repaid any attributable
transaction costs are released as finance costs.
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Non-current liabilities
Revolving credit facility
1
57,385
21,800
Convertible bonds
2
81,105
112,663
Other term debt
37
Lease liabilities
10,524
15,496
Total non-current liabilities
149,014
149,996
Current liabilities
Accrued interest on secured bank loans
368
1,425
Lease liabilities
4,523
3,489
Total current liabilities
4,891
4,914
1
Included within the revolving credit facility is the principal amount of £60.0 million (FY2022: £25.0 million) and directly
attributable transaction costs of £2.6 million (FY2022: £3.2 million).
2
Included within the convertible bonds is the principal amount of £82.7 million (FY2022: £114.8 million) and directly
attributable transaction costs of £1.6 million (FY2022: £2.1 million). During FY2023 the Group bought back and cancelled
£32.1 million (face value) (FY2022: £35.2 million) of its own convertible bonds for £28.1 million (FY2022: £31.3 million),
resulting in a gain of £4 million (FY2022: £3.9 million) presented on the income statement within finance income.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
122
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
13. Loans and borrowings
continued
Terms and repayment schedule
Agreement
Interest rate
Year of
maturity
Face value
£’000
Carrying amount
£’000
Revolving credit facility
SONIA + 1.25%-2.5%
2025
60,000
57,385
Convertible bonds
1.00%
2026
82,700
81,105
Lease liabilities
Various
1
Various
17,122
15,047
Total borrowings
159,822
153,537
1
The average interest rate of lease liabilities is 3.99%.
The following are the remaining contractual maturities of financial liabilities at the reporting
date. The amounts are gross and undiscounted, and include estimated future interest payments,
so will not necessarily reconcile to amounts disclosed on the statement of financial position.
Total
contractual
cash flows
£’000
Less than
1 year
£’000
Between
1 and 2 years
£’000
Between
2 and 5 years
£’000
Over
5 years
£’000
Revolving credit facility
69,202
3,342
3,342
62,518
Convertible bonds
85,077
827
827
83,423
Lease liabilities
17,122
4,987
4,815
6,534
786
Total cash flows
171,401
9,156
8,984
152,475
786
Revolving credit facility
On 26 July 2022, the Group entered into a new £325.0 million revolving credit facility with an
initial maturity date of 30 November 2025, with the option to extend for a further two, one-year
periods to 30 November 2027. This facility replaced the Group’s previous £350.0m revolving
credit facility which was extinguished on 26 July 2022.
Both facilities in place during the year allow draw downs in cash or non-cash to cover bank
guarantees. At 28 February 2023, the cash drawn amount is £60.0 million (FY2022: £25.0
million), the non-cash bank guarantee drawn amount is £72.2 million (FY2022: £51.3 million)
and the undrawn amount on the facility is £192.8 million (FY2022: £273.7 million).
Both facilities in place during the year were secured by a fixed and floating charge over certain
assets of the Group. Interest payable on the £350.0 million facility was at a margin of 1.00% to
2.00% above SONIA plus credit adjustment spread, and interest payable on the £325.0 million
facility was at a margin of 1.25% to 2.50% above SONIA.
The Group was subject to bank covenants, all of which have been met during the year. In
relation to the £350.0 million facility extinguished on 26 July 2022: (1) net debt to adjusted
EBITDA must be no more than 3.75:1. In relation to the £325.0 million facility entered into on
26 July 2022: (1) net debt to adjusted EBITDA must be no more than 3.00:1; and (2) adjusted
EBITDA to net finance charges must be no less than 4.00:1.
Convertible bonds
On 7 January 2021, Trainline plc announced the launch of an offering of £150.0 million of senior
secured convertible bonds due in 2026. Settlement and delivery of convertible bonds took place
on 14 January 2021.
The total bond offering of £150.0 million covers a five-year term beginning on 14 January 2021
with a 1% per annum coupon payable semi-annually in arrears in equal instalments. The initial
conversion price was set at £6.6671 representing a premium of 50% above share price on
7 January 2021 (£4.4447).
The bonds were accounted for as a liability of £150.0 million upon issuance. Directly allocable
fees were offset against the liability and will be unwound over the lifetime of the instrument.
The bond was accounted for as a liability as certain terms within the terms and conditions
attached to the bonds meant Trainline plc has an unavoidable obligation to settle in cash.
Subsequent to this, bonds are measured at amortised cost.
During FY2023, the Group bought back and cancelled £32.1 million (face value)
(FY2022: £35.2 million) of its own convertible bonds for £28.1 million (£31.3 million),
resulting in a gain of £4 million (£3.9 million) presented on the income statement within
finance income. As at FY2023, the Group had convertible bonds with a principal amount
of £82.7 million in issuance (FY2022: £114.8 million).
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
123
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
14. Provisions
The Group holds provisions in relation to dilapidations.
Accounting policy
Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate that
reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the
liability. The unwinding of the discount is recognised as finance cost.
The Group provides for the cost of dilapidations in relation to the offices over the minimum term
of the leases. It is expected that the cash flows in relation to provisions will occur at the end of the
lease terms between 2026 and 2030.
Provisions at 28 February 2023
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
As at 1 March
873
850
Unwinding of discount
54
49
Utilised
(149)
(26)
As at 28 February
778
873
15. Share-based payments
During the year the Group has operated a number of equity-settled share-based payment schemes.
Accounting policy
Equity-settled share-based payment schemes are initially measured at fair value at the grant date
and recognised as a charge in the income statement over the vesting period based on the Group’s
estimate of the share that will eventually vest and adjusted for the effect of non-market vesting
conditions. A corresponding increase in reserves is also recognised in equity.
Share-based payment charges recognised within administrative costs
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Share-based payment schemes
17,292
6,783
Total income statement impact
17,292
6,783
The Group operates the following equity-settled share-based payment schemes with a £nil
exercise price:
Share Incentive Plan
The Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’) was offered to all UK Company staff employed at both 26 June 2019
and 31 July 2019, being the IPO date and grant date respectively. The awards vested on
31 July 2022, with all employees that had not opted out or left the business between 26 June 2019
and 31 July 2022 being entitled to shares in Trainline plc worth £3,600 at grant date.
Further SIP awards were offered to all UK Company staff employed at 16 March 2022 (being
the grant date). The awards will vest on 16 March 2025 and all employees that have not opted
out or left the business between 16 March 2022 and 16 March 2025 will be entitled to shares in
Trainline plc worth £3,600 at grant date.
International Share Incentive Plan
The International Share Incentive Plan (‘International SIP’) was offered to all non-UK Company
staff employed at both 26 June 2019 and 31 July 2019, being the IPO date and grant date
respectively. The awards vested on 31 July 2022, with all employees that had not opted out or
left the business between 26 June 2019 and 31 July 2022 being entitled to shares in Trainline
plc worth £3,600 at grant date. Further SIP awards were offered to all non-UK company staff
employed at 1 March 2022 (being the grant date). The awards will vest on 28 February 2025
and all employees that have not opted out or left the business between 1 March 2022 and
28 February 2025 will be entitled to shares in Trainline plc worth £3,600 at grant date.
Restricted Share Plan
The Restricted Share Plan (‘RSP’) awards Restricted Share Units (‘RSUs’) to certain members of the
executive team and senior management. The majority of awards vest evenly in three tranches
over a three-year period. All participants that have not left the business on the vesting date will
be entitled to RSUs which each represent the right to receive one ordinary share in Trainline plc.
Performance Share Plan
The Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’) award is offered to certain members of the Board and executive
team. Awards vest three years after the grant date and are subject to the Group meeting specified
performance conditions. Only participants that have not left the business at the vesting date will
be entitled to PSPs which each represent the right to receive one ordinary share in Trainline plc.
Specific RSU Award
In addition to the above schemes and as detailed in the prospectus, one member of the Board
received a grant of RSUs with a grant date value of £300,000 (calculated by reference to the offer
price) vesting subject to continued appointment to the Board in equal tranches over the three
years following Admission.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
124
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
15. Share-based payments
continued
Matching Shares
From 20 April 2020, all Company employees were entitled to one free matching share for every one partnership share they purchase under the Share Incentive Plan, subject to remaining employees
for the three-year vesting period.
Deferred Share Bonus Plan (‘DSBP’)
The DSBP was offered to the CEO for the purpose of deferring Executive Director annual bonus in accordance with Company’s Directors’ Remuneration Policy. The awards were granted on 30 June
2022 and will vest 50% on 19 May 2023 and 50% on 20 May 2024 provided participants remain an employee on vesting dates.
Key assumptions used in valuing the share-based payments were as follows:
Share
Incentive Plan
International
Share Incentive
Plan
Restricted
Share Plan
Performance
Share Plan
Specific RSU
Award
Deferred Shares
Bonus Plan
Matching
Shares
Exit date
16 March
2025
28 February
2025
3 years after
the grant date
3 years after
the grant date
26 June
2020
1
19 May
2023
2
3 years after
the grant date
Attrition rate over life of award
28%
28%
12%-31%
10%-29%
35%
0%
19%
Weighted average fair value estimated at grant date
3
199p
214p
256p
164p
288p
164p
1
Exit date for first tranche and then annually for following two years’ awards.
2
Exit date for first tranche and the anniversary following for the second tranche.
3
Awards with market-based performance conditions were valued using the Monte Carlo simulation approach. All other awards were valued based on the market value at grant date.
Carrying value and fair value of share-based payment liabilities
The carrying value and fair value of the Group’s equity-settled share-based payment arrangements were determined using option pricing models.
The expense recognised in the year for share-based payments is £17.3 million (FY2022: £6.8 million), including the relevant employer’s social security contributions.
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Share Incentive Plan
440
199
International Share Incentive Plan
43
36
Restricted Share Plan
3,945
2,705
Performance Share Plan
12,442
3,732
Specific RSU Award
27
15
Deferred Share Bonus Plan
258
Matching Shares
137
96
Total income statement impact
17,292
6,783
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
125
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
15. Share-based payments
continued
Share
Incentive Plan
International
Share Incentive
Plan
Restricted
Share Plan
Performance
Share Plan
Specific RSU
Award
Deferred Shares
Bonus Plan
Matching
Shares
At 1 March 2021
323,089
38,568
758,453
2,597,197
85,714
46,975
Granted
1,933,629
3,533,470
74,093
Lapsed
(67,703)
(14,195)
(208,002)
(1,813,806)
(11,317)
Exercised
(2,948)
(865,548)
(57,142)
(2,891)
At 28 February 2022
and 1 March 2022
255,386
21,425
1,618,532
4,316,861
28,572
106,860
Granted
1,149,785
140,790
1,882,582
15,209,755
133,243
86,308
Lapsed
(155,943)
(17,011)
(344,587)
(1,287,968)
(23,344)
Exercised
(234,818)
(18,854)
(1,200,613)
(28,572)
(851)
At 28 February 2023
1,014,410
126,350
1,955,914
18,238,648
133,243
168,973
The weighted average share price at the date share options were exercised was 238p (FY2022: 299p). The weighted average remaining contractual life of the share options was 1 year and 7 months
(FY2022: 1 year and 9 months).
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
126
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
16. Capital and reserves
Share capital
Share capital represents the number of shares in issue at their nominal value.
Ordinary shares in the Group are issued, allotted and fully paid up. The holders of ordinary
shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one
vote per share at meetings of the Company.
Shareholding at 28 February 2023 and 28 February 2022
Number
£’000
Ordinary shares – £0.01
480,680,508
4,807
Share premium
Share premium represents the amount over the nominal value which was received by the Group
upon the sale of the ordinary shares. Upon the date of listing the nominal value of shares was
£1.00 but the initial offering price was £3.50.
Share premium is stated net of any direct costs relating to the issue of shares.
Retained earnings
Retained earnings represents the profit the Group makes that is not distributed as dividends.
No dividends have been paid in any year.
Foreign exchange
The foreign exchange reserve represents the net difference on the translation of the statement
of financial position and income statements of foreign operations from functional currency into
reporting currency over the period such operations have been owned by the Group.
Other reserves
Merger
reserve
£’000
Treasury
reserve
£’000
Share-based
payment
reserve
£’000
Total other
reserves
£’000
At 1 March 2021
(1,122,218)
(7,752)
4,978
(1,124,992)
Addition of treasury shares
(16,600)
(16,600)
Share-based payment charge
5,984
5,984
Allocation of treasury shares to fulfil share-
based payment
2,621
(2,823)
(202)
Deferred tax on share-based payment
94
94
Transfer to retained earnings
1
(945)
(945)
At 28 February 2022
(1,122,218)
(21,731)
7,288
(1,136,661)
Addition of treasury shares
(7,947)
(7,947)
Allocation of treasury shares to fulfil share-
based payment
2,950
(2,902)
48
Share-based payment charge
15,165
15,165
Deferred tax on share-based payment
779
779
Transfer to retained earnings
1
(362)
(362)
At 28 February 2023
(1,122,218)
(26,728)
19,968
(1,128,978)
1
Transfer to retained earnings relates to the difference between the share price at grant date of the exercised shares and
the actual cost of the treasury shares purchased to fulfil the share-based payment.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
127
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
16. Capital and reserves
continued
Merger reserve
Prior to the initial public offering (‘IPO’) the ordinary shares of the pre-IPO top company,
Victoria Investments S.C.A., were acquired by Trainline plc. As the ultimate shareholders and
their relating rights did not change as part of this transaction, this was treated as a common
control transaction under IFRS. The balance of the merger reserve represents the difference
between the nominal value of the reserves from the Victoria Investments S.C.A. Group and
the value of reserves in Trainline plc prior to the restructure.
Treasury reserve
Treasury shares reflect the value of shares held by the Group’s Employee Benefit Trusts (‘EBT’).
At 28 February 2023, the Group’s EBT held 10.9 million shares (FY2022: 8.0 million) which have
a historical cost of £26.7 million (FY2022: £21.7 million).
Share-based payment reserve
The share-based payment reserve is built up of charges in relation to equity-settled share-based
payment arrangements which have been recognised within the profit and loss account.
17. Other employee benefits
This note explains the accounting policies governing the Group’s pension schemes and details
the calculations and actuarial assumptions related to these.
The majority of the Group’s employees are members of a defined contribution pension scheme.
Additionally, the Group operates one defined benefit pension plan which is closed to new entrants.
For defined contribution schemes, the Group pays contributions into separate funds on behalf
of the employee and has no further obligations to employees. The risks associated with this type
of plan are assumed by the member. Contributions paid by the Group in respect of the current
year are included within Note 5.
The defined benefit scheme is a pension arrangement under which participating members
receive a pension benefit at retirement determined by the scheme rules, salary and length
of pensionable service. The income statement charge for the defined benefit scheme is the
current/past service cost and the net interest cost which is the change in the net defined
benefit liability that arises from the passage of time. The Group underwrites both financial
and demographic risks associated with this type of plan.
Accounting policy
(i) Short-term employee benefits
Short-term employee benefits are expensed as the related service is provided. A liability is
recognised for the amount expected to be paid if there is a present legal or constructive
obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee and the
obligation can be estimated reliably.
(ii) Defined contribution plans
Obligations for contributions to defined contribution plans are expensed as the related service
is provided. Prepaid contribution is recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a
reduction in future payments is available.
(iii) Defined benefit plans
The Group participates in a defined benefit scheme which is closed to new members.
The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the Group. Pension scheme
assets are measured using market values.
The Group’s net obligation in respect of defined benefit plans is calculated separately by
estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in the current and
prior periods, discounting that amount and deducting the fair value of any plan assets.
The calculation of defined benefit obligations is performed every period end by a qualified
actuary using the projected unit credit method and discounted at the current rate of return
on a high-quality corporate bond of equivalent term and currency to the liability. When the
calculation results in a potential asset for the Group, the recognised asset is limited to the
present value of economic benefits available in the form of any future refunds from the plan
or reductions in future contributions to the plan. To calculate the present value of economic
benefits, consideration is given to any applicable minimum funding requirements.
The scheme is subject to an asset ceiling, meaning when the scheme is remeasured and
shows a net asset position an ‘asset ceiling’ is applied equal to this amount, meaning the
Group recognises no asset on its statement of financial position. This is because the Group
does not have an irrevocable right to the surplus of the scheme. If the scheme is in a net
deficit the Group would recognise the liability.
Remeasurement of the net defined benefit liability, which comprises actuarial gains and losses,
the return on plan assets (excluding interest) and the effect of the asset ceiling (if any, excluding
interest), is recognised immediately in other comprehensive income. The Group determines
the net interest expense (income) on the net defined benefit liability (asset) for the period by
applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit obligation at the beginning
of the annual period to the then-net defined benefit liability (asset), taking into account any
changes in the net defined benefit liability (asset) during the period as a result of contributions
and benefit payments. Net interest expense and other expenses related to defined benefit plans
are recognised in the income statement.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
128
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
17. Other employee benefits
continued
Accounting policy
continued
When the benefits of a plan are changed or when a plan is curtailed, the resulting change in
benefit that relates to past service or the gain or loss on curtailment is recognised immediately
in the income statement. The Group recognises gains and losses on the settlement of a defined
benefit plan when the settlement occurs.
(iv) Termination benefits
Termination benefits are expensed at the earlier of when the Group can no longer withdraw the
offer of those benefits and when the Group recognises costs for a restructuring. If benefits are
not expected to be settled wholly within 12 months of the end of the reporting period, then
they are discounted.
Defined benefit pension plan
(a) The Scheme
Qjump Limited, a subsidiary of the Group, operates a defined benefit pension scheme which is
closed to new entrants. The Qjump Shared Cost Section of the Railways Pension Scheme (‘the
Scheme’) is a funded scheme and provides benefits based on final pensionable pay. The assets
of the Scheme are held separately from those of the Company and are managed by Railpen. The
Trustees of Railpen are responsible for governance of the plan and for appointing members to
the Railpen Boards. As the scheme is currently in an asset position no contributions are expected
from the Group in the coming year, apart from to cover the scheme administration costs.
Triennial valuation
The most recent published actuarial valuation was carried out by the Scheme Actuary as at
31 December 2019.
IAS 19 Employee benefits valuation
The IAS 19 valuations of the defined benefit pension scheme have been updated at each period
end, the latest being 28 February 2023, by qualified independent actuaries Willis Towers Watson
Ltd. The main financial assumptions applied in the valuations and an analysis of the Schemes’
assets are as follows:
(i) Actuarial assumptions
The following were the principal actuarial assumptions at the reporting date (expressed as
weighted averages).
2023
% pa
2022
% pa
Discount rate
5.10
2.65
Price inflation (RPI measure)
3.20
3.50
Increases to deferred pensions (CPI measure)
2.80
3.10
Pension increase (CPI measure)
2.80
3.10
Salary increase
n/a
n/a
Assumptions regarding future mortality have been based on published statistics and mortality
tables. The current longevities underlying the values of the defined benefit obligation at the
reporting date were as follows:
2023
years
2022
years
Longevity at age 65 for current pensioners
Males
19.5
19.8
Females
22.4
22.7
Longevity at age 65 for current members aged 45
Males
20.8
21.2
Females
23.9
24.2
Assumptions used are best estimates from a range of possible actuarial assumptions, which
may not necessarily be borne out in practice.
Given the net position is not significant, changes in assumptions are not likely to impact the
valuation significantly.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
129
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
17. Other employee benefits
continued
Defined benefit pension plan
continued
When defined benefit funds have an IAS 19 surplus, they are recorded at the lower of that
surplus and the future economic benefits available in the form of a cash refund or a reduction in
future contributions. Any adjustment to the surplus is recorded in other comprehensive income.
Liability
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Deferred members
(2,533)
(3,706)
Pensioner members (including dependents)
(674)
(1,088)
Total
(3,207)
(4,794)
Assets
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Value of assets at end of year
4,458
5,232
Funded status at end of year
1,251
438
Adjustment for the members’ share of surplus
(500)
(175)
Effect of asset ceiling
(751)
(263)
Net defined benefit at end of year
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Employer’s share of administration cost
16
11
Total employer’s share of service cost
16
11
Employer’s share of net interest on net defined benefit
(1)
Employer’s share of pension expense
16
10
(ii) Other comprehensive income (OCI)
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Loss/(gain) due to the liability expense
417
(77)
(Gain)/loss due to the liability assumption changes
(2,039)
25
Adjustment for the members’ share
331
136
Return on plan assets greater/(less) than discount rate
794
(287)
Change in effect of the asset ceiling
481
193
Total gain recognised in OCI
(16)
(10)
(b) Movements in net defined benefit asset/liability
The following table shows the reconciliation from the opening balances to the closing balances
for the net defined benefit liability/asset and its components.
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Defined benefit obligation
Opening balance
4,794
4,832
Interest cost
126
105
Defined benefit obligation
4,920
4,937
Actuarial (gain)/loss arising from:
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Financial assumptions
(1,981)
30
Experience adjustment
417
(77)
Demographic adjustment
(58)
(5)
(1,622)
(52)
Other
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Benefits paid
(91)
(91)
Closing balance
3,207
4,794
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
130
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
17. Other employee benefits
continued
Defined benefit pension plan
continued
Reconciliation of value of assets:
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Opening value of scheme assets
5,232
4,946
Interest income on assets
137
108
Return on plan assets (greater)/less than discount rate
(794)
287
Employer and employee contributions
Actual benefit payments
(91)
(91)
Administration costs
(26)
(18)
Closing value of scheme assets
4,458
5,232
(c) Plan assets
Plan assets comprise:
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Growth assets
1
1,419
3,017
Government bonds
2,199
1,295
Non-government bonds
832
919
Other assets
8
1
4,458
5,232
1
Includes funds with a growth focus, predominantly comprising global equity securities and infrastructure assets.
All equity securities and government bonds have quoted prices in active markets.
(d) Risk exposure
Through its defined benefit pension plans, the Group is exposed to a number of risks, the most
significant of which are detailed below:
Asset volatility: There is a risk that a fall in asset values is not matched by a corresponding
reduction in the value placed on the Scheme’s defined benefit obligation. The Scheme holds
a proportion of growth assets, which are expected to outperform corporate and government
bond yields in the long term, but gives exposure to volatility and risk in the short term.
Change in bond yields: A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase the value placed
on the Scheme’s defined benefit obligation, although this will be partially offset by an
increase in the value of the Scheme’s corporate bond holdings.
Inflation risk: The majority of the Scheme’s defined benefit obligation is linked to inflation,
where higher inflation will lead to a higher value being placed on the defined benefit
obligation. Some of the Scheme’s assets are either unaffected by inflation or loosely
correlated with inflation (e.g. growth assets), meaning that an increase in inflation will
generally increase the deficit.
Life expectancy: An increase in life expectancy will lead to an increased value being placed
on the Scheme’s defined benefit obligation. Future mortality rates cannot be predicted
with certainty.
(e) Sensitivity analysis
A quantitative sensitivity analysis for significant assumptions as at 28 February is shown below:
Approximate change in defined benefit obligation
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Discount rate
0.25% decrease
129
251
0.25% increase
(122)
(234)
Price inflation (CPI measure)
0.25% decrease
(122)
(226)
0.25% increase
128
234
Life expectancy
Decrease by 1 year
99
186
Increase by 1 year
(99)
(186)
The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all other
assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions
might be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to significant
actuarial assumptions, the same method has been applied as when calculating the defined
benefit liability recognised in the balance sheet. The methods and types of assumptions
used in preparing the sensitivity analysis did not change compared to the prior year.
(f) Funding arrangements
Under the UK’s scheme-specific funding regime, contributions are payable in line with the
Schedule of Contributions from the most recent formal actuarial valuation. There are no
contributions expected for next year.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
131
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
18. Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities
The table below details changes in liabilities arising from financing activities, including both cash
and non-cash changes.
Loans and
borrowings
(current and
non-current)
£’000
Lease
liabilities
£’000
Total
£’000
Balance at 1 March 2022
135,925
18,985
154,910
Changes from cash flows
Interest paid
(6,410)
(440)
(6,850)
Issue costs and fees
(3,251)
(3,251)
Buyback of convertible bonds
(28,189)
(28,189)
Proceeds from revolving credit facility
105,000
105,000
Repayment of revolving credit facility and
other borrowings
(70,000)
(70,000)
Repayment of lease liability
(4,501)
(4,501)
Total changes from financing cash flows
(2,850)
(4,941)
(7,791)
Changes in fair value
Other changes
Capitalised borrowing cost releases
4,307
4,307
Net interest expense
5,463
473
5,936
Gain on convertible bond buyback
(3,987)
(3,987)
Addition of lease liability
522
522
Remeasurement of lease liabilities
8
8
Balance at 28 February 2023
138,858
15,047
153,905
Loans and
borrowings
(current and
non-current)
£’000
Lease
liabilities
£’000
Total
£’000
Balance at 1 March 2021
248,841
21,695
270,536
Changes from cash flows
Interest paid
(5,103)
(477)
(5,580)
Issue costs relating to loans and borrowings
(110)
(110)
Buyback of convertible bonds
(31,307)
(31,307)
Proceeds from revolving credit facility
97,000
97,000
Repayment of revolving credit facility and
other borrowings
(177,116)
(177,116)
Repayment of lease liability
(3,794)
(3,794)
Total changes from financing cash flows
(116,636)
(4,271)
(120,907)
Changes in fair value
Other changes
Capitalised borrowing cost releases
1,912
-
1,912
Net interest expense
5,722
594
6,316
Gain on convertible bond buyback
(3,914)
(3,914)
Remeasurement of lease liabilities
967
967
Balance at 28 February 2022
135,925
18,985
154,910
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
132
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
19. Financial instruments
Financial instruments comprise financial assets and financial liabilities. The fair values and
carrying amounts are set out in the table below.
Accounting policy
Categorisation within the hierarchy, measured or disclosed at fair value, has been determined
based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement as follows:
Level 1 – valued using quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2 – valued by reference to valuation techniques using observable inputs other than
quoted prices included within Level 1
Level 3 – valued by reference to valuation techniques using inputs that are not based on
observable market data
Measurement
level
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Cash and cash equivalents
1
57,337
68,496
Trade and other receivables
2
43,307
38,880
Total financial assets
100,644
107,376
Trade and other payables
2
(163,425)
(193,461)
Loans and borrowings
2
(138,490)
(134,500)
Lease liabilities
2
(15,047)
(18,985)
Total financial liabilities
(316,962)
(346,946)
There have been no transfers between levels in any of the years. Other non-current liabilities are
valued using market established valuation techniques.
Accounting definitions
Financial assets
The Group classifies its non-derivative financial assets into the following categories: cash and
cash equivalents and trade and other receivables. The classification depends on the purpose
for which the assets are held. The classification is first performed at initial recognition and
then re-evaluated at every reporting date for financial assets other than those held at fair
value through the income statement.
(i) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits.
The carrying value of cash in the statement of financial position is valued at amortised cost.
(ii) Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value. Subsequent to initial recognition,
they are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment
losses. Trade and other receivables are presented in current assets in the statement of financial
position, except for those with maturities greater than one year after the reporting date.
Trade and other receivables, classified as financial assets, exclude prepayments and
contract assets.
Financial liabilities
The Group classifies its financial liabilities into the following categories: trade and other
payables, loans and borrowings, other non-current liabilities and lease liabilities.
(i) Trade and other payables
Trade payables and accruals, which include amounts owed to carriers in respect of ticket sale
monies that the Group has collected on their behalf and amounts due to other suppliers for
general business expenditure, are initially recognised at fair value less any directly attributable
transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these liabilities are measured at amortised
cost using the effective interest method.
Trade and other payables are classified as financial liabilities, excluding deferred revenue
and accruals.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
133
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
19. Financial instruments
continued
Accounting definitions
continued
(ii) Loans and borrowings
The financial liabilities recognised in this category include secured loan facilities, convertible
bonds and preference shares held by the Group and are presented in borrowings in both
current and non-current liabilities in the statement of financial position.
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less attributable transaction costs incurred.
Subsequent to initial recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are stated at amortised cost
using the effective interest method.
(iii) Lease liabilities
The Group recognises lease liabilities for leases within the scope of IFRS 16 Leases.
Financial risk management
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including interest
rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management framework
seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance.
(i) Risk management framework
The Group’s Directors have overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the
Group’s risk management framework.
The Group’s risk management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced
by the Group, to set appropriate risk limits and controls and to monitor risks and adherence
to conditions and the Group’s activities. The Group, through its training and management
standards and procedures, aims to maintain a disciplined and constructive control
environment in which all employees understand their roles and obligations.
(ii) Market risk
Market risk is the risk of losses in positions arising from movements in market variables.
The Group was exposed to movements in LIBOR (up to 31 December 2021) and SONIA
(from 1 January 2022) on its variable rate revolving credit facility (see Note 13) and the Group
has transactional foreign currency exposures, which arise from sales and purchases by the
relevant segment in currencies other than the Group’s functional currency. Based on sensitivity
analysis performed, an increase in the interest rate of 100 basis points would have decreased
FY2023 profit after tax by £0.5 million (FY2022: increase by £0.9 million), and a decrease in the
interest rate of 100 basis points would have increased FY2023 profit after tax by £0.5 million
(FY2022: decrease of £0.9 million).
(iii) Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial
instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations and arises principally from the Group’s
receivables from customers. Trade receivables are assessed for risk of default by customers
on a periodic basis and terms of trade are adjusted accordingly. Default is defined as when
a financial asset is 90 days past due, this being the rebuttal presumption in IFRS 9. Trade
receivables are insured on risk and cost grounds.
Under the terms of the Group’s retail licences, carriers require certain security arrangements
with the Group in order to mitigate its credit risk under the payment and settlement procedures
outlined in the licences. The Group satisfies these security arrangements through letters
of credit from the Group’s lenders. The letters of credit are provided under the Group’s
revolving credit facility, details of which are included in Note 13.
Debt is reviewed on a weekly basis and any customers who fall overdue are chased immediately;
if payment is not received, the account is put on hold until previous debts are cleared. Exposures
to customers are regularly reviewed and management will make a decision on remedial action
to be taken. The expected credit loss was immaterial as at 28 February 2023 (2022: immaterial).
Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery can include customers who have
gone into administration.
(iv) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations
associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another financial
asset. The Group’s approach is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will have sufficient liquidity
to meet its liabilities when they are due, under both normal and stressed conditions, without
incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Group’s reputation.
The Group maintains a daily cash forecast in order to ensure that it has sufficient liquidity to
cover all expected cash flows including scheduled repayment of debt.
In addition, a revolving credit facility under which the Group was able to draw down cash of
up to £350.0 million was in place up to until 26 July 2022, the same date at which the Group
entered into a new revolving credit facility under which the Group is able to draw down cash
of up to £325.0 million. Of the £325.0 million facility in place at 28 February 2023, £46.7 million
(FY2022: £34.9 million) was utilised by a guarantee provided to the Rail Settlement Plan Limited.
A further £25.5 million (FY2022: £15.9 million) was utilised by guarantees provided to European
Train Operating Companies and £nil million (FY2022: £0.5 million) for other guarantees. The
remaining headroom on the revolving credit facility at 28 February 2023 was £192.8 million
(FY2022: £273.7 million), this is available to draw in cash or bank guarantees.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
134
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
19. Financial instruments
continued
Accounting definitions
continued
The Group was subject to bank covenants, all of which have been met during the year.
In relation to the £350.0 million facility extinguished on 26 July 2022: (1) net debt to adjusted
EBITDA must be no more than 3.75:1. In relation to the £325.0 million facility entered into on
26 July 2022: (1) net debt to adjusted EBITDA must be no more than 3.00:1; and (2) adjusted
EBITDA to net finance charges must be no less than 4.00:1.
Capital management
The Group defines capital as equity, borrowings (Note 13) and cash and cash equivalents. The
Group’s policy is to maintain a strong capital base that ensures financial stability and provides
a solid foundation for ongoing development of business operations and maintains investor
and creditor confidence. The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to ensure the
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders
and benefits for stakeholders. The Group currently has sufficient capital for its needs.
The Group has requirements under the revolving credit facility of how drawn amounts can be
used. This revolving credit facility agreement states drawings should be used for financing or
refinancing for general corporate purposes and working capital requirements, including capital
expenditure and acquisitions.
20. Leases
Accounting policy
At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether or not a contract is, or contains, a lease. A
contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified
asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. When a lease is recognised in a contract
the Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date.
The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount of the
lease liability adjusted for any lease prepayments made at or before the commencement date,
plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the
underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset or the site on which it is located, less any
lease incentives received. The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-
line method from the commencement date to the earlier of the end of the useful life of the
right-of-use asset or the end of the lease term. The estimated useful lives of right-of-use assets
are based on the length of the leases. In addition, the right-of-use asset is periodically reduced
by impairment losses, if any, and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability.
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not
paid at the commencement date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if
that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing rate based on the
rate of interest that the Group paid on borrowings at the date of lease inception.
The lease liability is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. It is
remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change in an index
or rate, or if the Group changes its assessment of whether it will exercise a purchase, extension
or termination option. If there is an extension on the lease term that is not considered a new
lease, the lease liability is remeasured using revised payments and a revised discount rate at
the date of the modification. A corresponding adjustment is made to the right-of-use asset.
The Group presents right-of-use assets in property, plant and equipment and lease liabilities
in loans and borrowings in the statement of financial position.
The Group leases assets including land and office buildings that are held within property, plant
and equipment. Information about leases for which the Group is a lessee is presented below.
a) Right-of-use assets
Details of right-of-use assets are disclosed in Note 10.
b)
Lease liabilities in the statement of financial position
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Current liabilities
4,523
3,489
Non-current liabilities
10,524
15,496
15,047
18,985
The maturity analysis of lease liabilities is disclosed in Note 13.
c)
Amounts charged in the income statement
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Depreciation expense of right-of-use assets
3,906
3,765
Interest expense in lease liabilities
528
594
4,434
4,359
d) Cash outflow
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Total cash outflow for leases
4,940
4,271
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
135
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
21. Government grants
Accounting policy
Government grants are recognised when there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be
received and all attached conditions will be complied with. Government grants that compensate
the Group for expenses incurred are recognised in the profit or loss in the periods in which the
expenses are recognised and are presented as a deduction from the related expense.
UK government grants
There were no grants received from the UK government in FY2023 or FY2022.
French government grants
There were no grants received from the French government in FY2023.
During FY2022, the Group participated in a scheme introduced by the French government to
support certain eligible businesses amidst the Covid-19 pandemic and received grants aggregating
to £0.3 million. There are no unfulfilled conditions or contingencies attached to any of the grants.
22. List of subsidiaries
The Group holds/held, directly or indirectly, share capital in the following companies as at
28 February 2023:
Name of company
Country of
incorporation
Ownership
Registered
address
Nature
of business
Victoria Investments Finco Limited
United Kingdom
100%
a
Holding
Victoria Investments Intermediate
Holdco Limited
United Kingdom
100%
a
Holding
Trainline International Limited
United Kingdom
100%
a
Holding
Trainline France SAS
France
100%
b
Holding
Trainline SAS
France
100%
b
Trading
Trainline.com Limited
United Kingdom
100%
a
Trading
Qjump Limited
United Kingdom
100%
a
Trading
Trainline Italia S.R.L
Italy
100%
c
Holding
Trainline España, S.L.
Spain
100%
d
Holding
Trainline Deutschland TLD GmbH
Germany
100%
e
Holding
Railguard Limited
United Kingdom
100%
a
Trading
Trainline Holdco Limited
United Kingdom
100%
a
Holding
Victoria Investments S.C.A
1
Luxembourg
100%
f
Liquidated
Victoria Manager S.a.r.l
1
Luxembourg
100%
f
Liquidated
1
Denoted subsidiaries went into liquidation on 28 February 2022.
Registered address key:
a 120 Holborn, London, EC1N 2TD, United Kingdom
b 20 rue Saint Georges, 75009, Paris, France
c Corso Vercelli, 40 20145 Milan, Italy
d Carrer d’Avila 112, 08018, Barcelona, Spain
e Reinhardtstraße 31, 10117, Berlin, Germany
f 2, rue Edward Steichen, L-2540 Luxembourg
The following subsidiaries are exempt from the Companies Act 2006 requirements relating
to the audit of their individual financial statements by virtue of Section 479A of the Act as the
Company has guaranteed the subsidiary companies under Section 479C of the Act:
Victoria Investments Finco Limited registered no. 09394939
Qjump Limited registered no. 04124436
Railguard Limited registered no. 09621101
Trainline Holdco Limited registered no. 12098773
Victoria Investments Intermediate Holdco Limited registered no. 09451259
Trainline International Limited registered no. 06881309
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
136
Notes to the Group Financial Statements
continued
23.
Related parties
During the year, the Group entered into transactions in the ordinary course of business with
related parties.
Transactions with key management personnel of the Group
Key management personnel are defined as the Board of Directors, including
Non-executive Directors.
During the period key management personnel have received the following compensation:
short-term employee benefits £2,185,741 (FY2022: £2,499,799); post-employment benefits
£60,462 (FY2022: £73,625); and ongoing share-based payment schemes £2,414,357 (FY2022:
£889,234). No other long-term benefits or termination benefits were paid (FY2022: £nil). The
highest paid Director received: short-term employee benefits £1,207,038 (FY2022: £1,152,611);
post-employment benefits £33,054 (FY2022: £31,625); and ongoing share-based payment
schemes £1,713,900 (FY2022: £586,982). There was one Director to whom retirement
benefits were accruing under defined contribution schemes (FY2022: two).
Information on the emoluments of the Directors who served during the year, together with
information regarding the beneficial interest of the Directors in the ordinary shares of the
Company is included in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 76 to 88.
At 28 February 2023, key management personnel held 361,413 shares in Trainline plc
(FY2022: 2,340,720 shares).
24. Capital commitments
This note details any capital commitments in contracts that the Group has entered which have
not been recognised as liabilities on the balance sheet.
The Group’s capital commitments at 28 February 2023 are £nil (FY2022: £nil).
25. Post balance sheet events
There have been no material post balance sheet events between 28 February 2023 and the date
of the approval of these Financial Statements.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
137
Alternative performance measures
When assessing and discussing financial performance, certain alternative performance
measures (‘APMs’) of historical or future financial performance, financial position or cash
flows are used which are not defined or specified under IFRS. APMs are used to improve
the comparability of information between reporting periods and operating segments.
APMs should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, or as superior to,
measures reported in accordance with IFRS.
APMs are not uniformly defined by all companies. Accordingly, the APMs used may not be
comparable with similarly titled measures and disclosures made by other companies. These
measures are used on a supplemental basis as they are considered to be indicators of the
underlying performance and success of the Group.
Net ticket sales
1, 2
Net ticket sales represent the gross value of ticket sales to customers, less the value of refunds
issued, during the accounting period via B2C or Trainline Solutions channels. The Group acts
as an agent or technology provider in these transactions. Net ticket sales do not represent the
Group’s revenue.
Management believes net ticket sales are a meaningful measure of the Group’s operating
performance and size of operations as this reflects the value of transactions powered by the
Group’s platform. The rate of growth in net ticket sales may differ to the rate of growth in
revenue due to the mix of commission rates and service fees.
1
A minor revision to the wording of the alternative performance measure definition for net ticket sales has been made
in the current year. The minor change in wording is to ensure the definition reflects Trainline’s business model.
2
Net ticket sales is not subject to audit as it is a non-statutory measure.
Adjusted EBITDA
The Group believes that adjusted EBITDA is a meaningful measure of the Group’s operating
performance and debt servicing ability without regard to amortisation and depreciation
methods or share-based payment charges which can differ significantly.
Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as profit/(loss) after tax before net financing income/(expense),
tax, depreciation and amortisation, exceptional items and share-based payment charges.
Exceptional items are excluded as management believes their nature could distort trends in
the Group’s underlying earnings. This is because they are often one-off in nature or not related
to underlying trade. Share-based payment charges are also excluded as they can fluctuate
significantly year on year.
A reconciliation of operating profit/(loss) to adjusted EBITDA is as follows:
Notes
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Operating profit/(loss)
27,639
(10,313)
Adjusting items:
Depreciation and amortisation
9, 10
41,167
42,576
Share-based payment charges
15
17,292
6,783
Adjusted EBITDA
86,098
39,046
Adjusted earnings
Adjusted earnings are a measure used by the Group to monitor the underlying performance
of the business, excluding certain non-cash and exceptional costs.
Adjusted earnings is calculated as profit/(loss) after tax with share-based payment charged
in administrative expenses, exceptional costs, gain on repurchase of convertible bonds and
amortisation of acquired intangibles added back, together with the tax impact of these
adjustments also added back.
Exceptional items are excluded as management believes their nature could distort trends in
the Group’s underlying earnings. This is because they are often one-off in nature or not related
to underlying trade. Share-based payment charges are also excluded as they can fluctuate
significantly year on year and are a non-cash charge to the business. Amortisation of acquired
intangibles is a non-cash accounting adjustment relating to previous acquisitions and is not
linked to the ongoing trade of the Group.
A reconciliation from the profit/(loss) after tax to adjusted earnings it as follows:
Notes
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Profit/(loss) after tax
21,217
(11,905)
Earnings attributable to equity holders
21,217
(11,905)
Adjusting items:
Gain on convertible bond buyback
6
(3,987)
(3,914)
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
1
9
5,277
7,083
Share-based payment charges
15
17,292
6,783
Tax impact of the above adjustments
(3,528)
(1,891)
Adjusted earnings
36,271
(3,844)
1
This consists of the amortisation of brand valuation of £5.2 million (FY2022: £5.2 million), customer valuation of
£0.1 million (FY2022: £1.9 million) and software development of £nil (FY2022: £nil).
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
138
Alternative performance measures
continued
Net debt
Net debt is a measure used by the Group to measure the overall debt position after taking into
account cash held by the Group.
The calculation of net debt is as follows:
Notes
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Loan and borrowings
1
13
(157,747)
(158,821)
Cash and cash equivalents
57,337
68,496
Net debt
(100,410)
(90,325)
1
This amount is the aggregate amount of loans and borrowings as disclosed in Note 13 amounting to £153.5 million
(FY2022: £153.5 million) and the capitalised finance charges amounting to £4.2 million (FY2022: £5.3 million).
Operating free cash flow
The Group uses operating free cash flow as a supplementary measure of liquidity.
The Group defines operating free cash flow as cash generated from operating activities adding
back cash exceptional items, and deducting cash flow in relation to purchase of property, plant
and equipment and intangible assets, excluding those acquired through business combinations
or trade and asset purchases.
The calculation of operating free cash flow is as follows:
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Cash generated from operating activities
43,015
195,167
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
(35,219)
(29,344)
Operating free cash flow
7,796
165,823
Liquidity
The Group uses liquidity as a measure of available funds. Liquidity headroom is cash and
cash equivalents plus the undrawn, unencumbered balance on the revolving credit facility.
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Cash and cash equivalents
57,337
68,496
Undrawn balance on the revolving credit facility
192,826
273,676
Liquidity headroom
250,163
342,172
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
139
Parent Company balance sheet
At 28 February 2023
Notes
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Non-current assets
Investments
Deferred tax asset
3
4
1,892,409
6,693
1,892,409
1,570
1,899,102
1,893,979
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other receivables
Amounts owing from subsidiaries
5
816
1,424
18,841
2,016
1,251
10,804
21,081
14,071
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Amounts owing to subsidiaries
Loan and borrowings
5
6
(3,629)
(111,965)
(362)
(2,126)
(103,375)
(1,414)
(115,956)
(106,915)
Net current (liabilities)
(94,875)
(92,844)
Total assets less current liabilities
1,804,227
1,801,135
Non-current liabilities
Loan and borrowings
6
(138,489)
(134,463)
(138,489)
(134,463)
Net assets
1,665,738
1,666,672
Equity
Called up share capital
Share premium account
Retained earnings
Share-based payment reserve
7
7
7
7
4,807
1,198,703
442,260
19,968
4,807
1,198,703
455,874
7,288
Total equity
1,665,738
1,666,672
The notes on pages 142 to 144 form part of the Financial Statements.
These Financial Statements were approved by the Board of Directors of Trainline plc
(registered number 11961132) on 4 May 2023 and were signed on behalf of the Board.
In accordance with Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company is exempt from the
requirement to present its own income statement and statement of comprehensive income.
The Company’s loss for the year was £14.0 million (FY2022: loss of £3.2 million).
Jody Ford
Peter Wood
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer
4 May 2023
4 May 2023
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
140
Parent Company statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 28 February 2023:
Share
capital
£’000
Share
premium
£’000
Preference
shares
£’000
Retained
earnings
£’000
Share-based
payment
reserve
£’000
Total
equity
£’000
At 1 March 2022
4,807
1,198,703
455,874
7,288
1,666,672
Loss after tax
(13,976)
(13,976)
Share-based payments
13,042
13,042
Transfer between reserves
1
362
(362)
Balance at 28 February 2023
4,807
1,198,703
442,260
19,968
1,665,738
For the year ended 28 February 2022:
Share
capital
£’000
Share
premium
£’000
Preference
shares
£’000
Retained
earnings
£’000
Share-based
payment
reserve
£’000
Total
equity
£’000
At 1 March 2021
4,807
1,198,703
458,126
4,978
1,666,614
Loss after tax
(3,197)
(3,197)
Share-based payments
3,255
3,255
Transfer between reserves
1
945
(945)
Balance at 28 February 2022
4,807
1,198,703
455,874
7,288
1,666,672
1
Transfer between reserves relates to the difference between the share price at grant date of the exercised shares and the actual cost of the treasury shares purchased to fulfil the share-based payment.
The notes on pages 142 to 144 form part of the Financial Statements.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
141
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements
1. Basis of preparation
The Financial Statements are presented in pound sterling (£GBP), rounded to the nearest
thousand, unless otherwise stated. These Financial Statements were prepared in accordance
with Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework (‘FRS 101’). In preparing
these Financial Statements, the Company applies the recognition, measurement and disclosure
requirements of International Accounting Standards in conformity with the requirements of
the Companies Act 2006 (‘Adopted IFRS’), but makes amendments where necessary in order to
comply with the Companies Act 2006, and has set out below where advantage of the FRS 101
disclosure exemptions has been taken.
These Financial Statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. Further details
are given in the Going Concern Statement on pages 107 to 108. After due consideration, the
Directors consider that the Company has adequate resources to meet its liabilities as they
fall due and remain in operation for the going concern assessment period. As at 28 February
2023, the Company was in a net current liability position of £94.9 million (FY2022: £92.8 million
net current liability position). The Group has in place bank guarantees that can be utilised
to settle trade creditors balances. Bank guarantees are issued by lenders under the Group’s
revolving credit facility (which the Company has access to) and therefore reduce the Group’s
remaining available facility. Despite the net current liability position, the Group and in turn
the Company has access to £192.8 million additional funds under its revolving credit facility
(FY2022: £273.7m). As such the Company has sufficient liquidity to easily cover the net
current liability position.
Accordingly the Board is satisfied that it is appropriate to adopt the going concern
basis of accounting in preparing these Parent Company Financial Statements.
As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions
available under that standard in relation to share-based payments, financial instruments,
capital management, presentation of comparative information in respect of certain assets,
presentation of a cash flow statement, standards not yet effective, impairment of fixed
and intangible assets and certain related-party transactions. Where required, equivalent
disclosures are given in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
As permitted by section 408(4) of the Companies Act 2006, a separate income statement and
statement of comprehensive income for the Company has not been included in these Financial
Statements. The principal accounting policies adopted are described below. They have all been
applied consistently to all years presented.
Amounts receivable by the Company’s auditors and its associates in respect of services to
the Company and its associates, other than the audit of the Company’s Financial Statements,
have not been disclosed as the information is required instead to be disclosed on a consolidated
basis in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
2. Employee benefit expenses
Staff costs presented in this note reflect the total wage, tax, pension and share-based payment
charge relating to employees of the Company. These costs are allocated between administrative
expenses and cost of sales. The allocation between these areas is dependent on the area of
business the employee works in and the activities they have undertaken.
Average number of full-time equivalent employees
2023
Number of
employees
2022
Number of
employees
Management and administration
10
9
Total number of employees
10
9
1
In determining the monthly employee numbers, in respect of leavers and joiners, management has pro-rated employee
numbers based on the % of the month that they were employed within the Group.
Employee benefits expense
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Wages and salaries
5,866
4,140
Social security contributions
867
545
Contributions to defined contribution plans
127
129
Share-based payment expense
1,136
497
Total employee benefits
7,996
5,311
Information on the emoluments of the Directors who served during the year, together with
information regarding the beneficial interest of the Directors in the ordinary shares of the
Company is included in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 76 to 88.
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
142
3. Investments
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less any provision for impairment.
The investment relates to the Company’s investment in Trainline Holdco Limited.
2023
£’000
2022
£’000
Opening balance
1,892,409
1,888,364
Capital contribution
4,045
Closing balance
1,892,409
1,892,409
During FY2022, the Company made a capital contribution not remunerated by shares to
Victoria Manager S.a.r.l.
Assessment of carrying value of investments in subsidiaries
The Company’s investment in subsidiaries has been subject to an impairment test, as the
share price is lower at year end than the date of IPO and therefore is considered an indicator
of impairment. As such, the carrying value of the asset has been compared to its recoverable
value, which is its value in use. The value in use has been determined by a discounted cash flow
methodology using the most recent forecasts prepared by management of the Trainline Group.
The value in use model has key assumptions in relation to the discount rate, terminal growth
rate, the number of years forecast before the terminal growth rate is applied, and the
underlying cash forecasts. The recoverable amount exceeded the carrying value; accordingly
no impairment charge has been recognised in the year (FY2022: £nil). Sensitivity analysis on the
key assumptions in the value in use calculation has been undertaken; none of these sensitivities
result in an impairment.
4. Deferred tax asset
The Company has continued to recognise a deferred tax asset on unutilised losses carried
forward. This is on the basis that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available
against which the unutilised tax losses and credits can be set against by way of Group relief.
This is supported by the latest Group profit and cash flow forecasts approved by the Board,
which show improved trading performance.
5. Amounts owing from and to subsidiaries
Amounts owing from and to subsidiaries comprises intercompany loans with companies within
the Group. Amounts owing from and to Group companies are unsecured, have no fixed date of
repayment and are repayable on demand. IFRS 9 expected credit losses have been assessed as
immaterial in relation to these balances.
6. Loan and borrowings
Loans and borrowings relate to the revolving credit facility and the convertible bonds.
Please refer to Note 13 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for details.
7. Capital and reserves
Share capital
Share capital represents the number of shares in issue at their nominal value.
Ordinary shares in the Company are issued, allotted and fully paid up. The holders of ordinary
shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are entitled to one
vote per share at meetings of the Company.
On incorporation on 24 April 2019, the Company issued 50,000 preference shares for a total
consideration of £50,000, with 1 ordinary share to be issued. The preference shares were
redeemed in full on 20 August 2020. On 26 June 2019, the Company allotted 449,095,131
ordinary shares as part of a share for share exchange in consideration for: the transfer of
the entire issued share capital of Victoria Investments S.C.A to the Company; the acquisition
of the Convertible preferred equity certificates (‘CPECs’) and related interest held by Victoria
Investments S.C.A; and the acquisition and extinguishment of the liability relating to Tracker
shares held by Victoria Investments S.C.A. The nominal value of these shares was £1.00 and
the consideration per share was £3.50.
On 26 June 2019, the Company issued 31,526,093 ordinary shares in its primary listing.
The nominal value of these shares was £1.00 and the consideration per share was £3.50.
Share premium is stated net of directly attributable fees of £3.0 million.
On 26 June 2019, the Company issued an additional 59,284 ordinary shares. The nominal
value of these shares was £1.00 and the consideration per share was £3.50.
Following a reduction in capital the nominal value of ordinary shares was reduced from £1.00
to £0.01 each. The reduction of capital had no effect on the net asset position of the Company.
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
143
7. Capital and reserves
continued
Share capital
continued
Shareholding at 28 February 2023 and 28 February 2022
Number
£’000
Ordinary shares – £0.01
480,680,508
4,807
480,680,508
4,807
Share premium
Share premium represents the amount over the nominal value which was received by the
Company upon the sale of the ordinary shares. Upon the date of listing the nominal value
of shares was £1.00 but the initial offering price was £3.50.
Share premium is stated net of any direct costs relating to the issue of shares.
Retained earnings
Retained earnings represents the profit the Company makes that is not distributed as dividends.
No dividends have been paid during the current or prior financial year.
Share-based payment reserve
The share-based payment reserve is built up of charges in relation to equity-settled share-based
payment arrangements which have been recognised within the profit and loss account.
The Company allocates the share-based payment charges to the entities in which the
employees’ employment contracts sit through the amounts owing from/to subsidiaries.
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2023
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
Strategic Report
Governance
Financial Statements
144
CBP018857
Printed by a Carbon Neutral Operation (certified: CarbonQuota) under the PAS2060 standard.
Printed on material from well-managed, FSC™ certified forests and other controlled sources.
This publication was printed by an FSC™ certified printer
that holds an ISO 14001 certification.
100% of the inks used are HP Indigo ElectroInk which complies with RoHS legislation and meets the chemical requirements of the Nordic Ecolabel
(Nordic Swan) for printing companies, 95% of press chemicals are recycled for further use and, on average 99% of any waste associated with this
production will be recycled and the remaining 1% used to generate energy.
The paper is Carbon Balanced with World Land Trust, an international conservation charity, who offset carbon emissions through the purchase
and preservation of high conservation value land. Through protecting standing forests, under threat of clearance, carbon is locked-in, that would
otherwise be released.
trainline.com
Loading...
Status Standard Label Element Name Value Sign Unit Period Scale Decimal Axis Member Doc Period Type Balance Type Reference
{{factList.IsMandatoryTag ? "Mandatory" : "Voluntary"}} {{factList.Label}} {{factList.SecondaryLabel}} {{factList.Sequence}} {{factList.TagName}}[Text Block] {{factList.Value}} {{factList.Sign == "-" ? "Negative" : factList.Sign}} {{factList.CurrencyCode}} - {{factList.UnitDenominator}} {{factList.Period}} {{factList.Scale}} {{factList.Decimal === "-99999" ? "INF" : factList.Decimal}} {{factList.Dimension}} {{factList.Member}} {{factList.PeriodType}} {{factList.Balance}}
Relationships Order Preferred Label Label Role Doc Period Type Balance Type Reference
{{presentation.Name}} {{presentation.Order}} {{presentation.Label}} {{presentation.SecondaryLabel}} {{presentation.PreferredLabel}} {{presentation.PeriodType}} {{presentation.Balance}}
No presentation is available
Relationships Calculation Weight Order Standard Label Doc Period Type Balance Type Reference
{{calculation.Name}} View {{calculation.Weight}} {{calculation.Order}} {{calculation.Label}} {{calculation.SecondaryLabel}} {{calculation.PeriodType}} {{calculation.Balance}}
No calculation is available
Relationships Status Order Standard Label Doc Period Type Balance Type Reference
{{definition.Name}} WiderNarrower {{definition.Order}} {{definition.Label}} {{definition.SecondaryLabel}} {{definition.PeriodType}} {{definition.Balance}}
No anchor element is available
Prefix Element Name DataType Label
{{tag.Prefix}} {{tag.Sequence}} {{tag.ElementName}} {{tag.Datatype}} {{tag.LabelText}}
No mandatory tag is available